WO2021189496A1 - Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice - Google Patents

Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021189496A1
WO2021189496A1 PCT/CN2020/081881 CN2020081881W WO2021189496A1 WO 2021189496 A1 WO2021189496 A1 WO 2021189496A1 CN 2020081881 W CN2020081881 W CN 2020081881W WO 2021189496 A1 WO2021189496 A1 WO 2021189496A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
service
cell
nssai
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081881
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
屈凯旸
黄曲芳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/081881 priority Critical patent/WO2021189496A1/en
Publication of WO2021189496A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021189496A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and device for network slicing.
  • the fifth generation of cellular mobile communications has introduced end-to-end network slicing in consideration of flexible allocation of network resources and on-demand networking.
  • 5G virtualizes multiple logical subnets (ie slices) with different characteristics and isolated from each other on the same physical facility to provide targeted services to users.
  • Each slice is composed of wireless network, transmission network and core subnet slices.
  • the services completed through slices may be referred to as slice services (or network slice selection assistance information (NSSAI) services).
  • NSSAI network slice selection assistance information
  • UE User equipment
  • RRC_CONNECTED state also called connected state
  • deactivated state RRC_INACTIVE state
  • RRC_IDLE state also called idle state
  • RRC_CONNECTED state which cell the UE resides in is known to both the core network device and the access network device.
  • RRC_INACTIVE state the cell in which the UE resides is known to the core network equipment
  • RNA radio access network based notification area
  • the RNA may include the identities of multiple cells.
  • the access network device (such as the base station) will notify the UE of the cell list contained in the RNA through an RRC release message.
  • the access network device When the UE moves in a cell within the RNA range, it does not need to notify the access network device; if the UE moves to a cell outside the RNA range, it needs to notify the access network device.
  • the NSSAI service capabilities that can be supported by different cells are different. For example, cell A in the same RNA supports the slice A service, while cell B does not support the slice A service. Then when the UE moves to cell B in the RRC_INACTIVE state, if there is a demand for slice A service, but cell B does not support this type of service, the UE cannot complete the service.
  • This application provides a data transmission method and device for network slicing, which can solve the problem that a UE in a deactivated state cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • a data transmission method for network slicing includes: a UE receives RNA indication information from a radio access network notification area of a first access network device, where the RNA indication information is used to indicate one or more Each cell supports the ability of network slice selection to support information NSSAI services; if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; wherein, the first cell is one or more of the above-mentioned cells One, the first cell is a cell that supports NSSAI services.
  • the UE when the UE has NSSAI service data transmission requirements, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service.
  • the cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service.
  • the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing UE receiving the RNA indication information from the first access network device specifically includes: the UE receiving the foregoing RNA indication information from the first access network device through a radio resource control release RRC release message;
  • the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service.
  • the UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
  • the UE transmits the NSSAI service data through the first cell, including: if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends the NSSAI service transmission requirement to the first cell
  • the access network device to which it belongs sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the above-mentioned first cell is a cell where the UE camps in a deactivated state.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
  • the aforementioned UE resides in the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; if the UE is in the deactivated state There is an NSSAI service transmission requirement.
  • the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, which specifically includes: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses according to the RNA indication information
  • the first cell enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell supports the NSSAI service, and determine that the NSSAI service data transmission is completed through the first cell.
  • the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; provided by this application
  • the method further includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the non-NSSAI service through the second cell. Service data of the NSSAI service; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
  • the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device.
  • the network device switches to the second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
  • a data transmission method for network slicing includes: before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE; wherein, the The RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service, and at least one of the one or more cells supports the NSSAI service.
  • the first access network device sends to the UE the RNA indication information used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service. So that the UE can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing the cell that supports the NSSAI service according to the received RNA indication information when there is a requirement for NSSAI service data transmission. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the above-mentioned first access network device sends RNA indication information to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state, which specifically includes: the first access network device transmits wirelessly before the UE enters the deactivated state.
  • the resource control release RRC release message sends RNA indication information to the UE; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein the RNA indication information includes that each cell in the RNA list supports NSSAI services Ability.
  • the access network device sends to the UE the RNA list of one or more cells and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
  • the above-mentioned RNA indication information is determined by the first access network device referring to the ability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type acquired from the access and mobility management function AMF unit; or, the RNA indication information It is determined by the first access network device with reference to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service of the UE obtained from at least one access network device; the distance between the at least one access network device and the first access network device is Within the preset range.
  • the access network device can obtain the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type from the core network device (such as an AMF unit) or other adjacent access network devices to determine the RNA indication information sent to the UE, which is easy to implement.
  • the above method further includes: the first access network device receives a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE when there is a transmission demand for the NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is used for Request to restore the RRC connection with the first access network device; the first access network device restores the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • the foregoing first access network device is an access network device of a first cell; wherein, the first cell is a cell where the UE resides in a deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI services; Alternatively, the first cell is not a cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service among one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
  • the UE when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of the NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing method further includes: the first access network device connects the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access The network device is switched to the third access network device or the first access network device; where the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets a preset condition.
  • a data transmission method for network slicing includes: a second access network device receives a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message from a UE in a deactivated state; the RRC connection establishment request message Used to request to establish an RRC connection with the second access network device; the RRC connection establishment request message includes service data used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is network slice selection support information NSSAI service service data or non-NSSAI service service data Information indicating the service transmission requirements of the UE; the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message; the second access network device transmits the service data of the UE .
  • the third access network device can establish an RRC connection with the UE according to an RRC connection establishment request message from the UE, and support the UE to complete service data transmission.
  • the above-mentioned second access network device is an access network device to which the first cell belongs; wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  • the indication information of the service transmission requirement above indicates that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of a non-NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to The transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message
  • the above method further includes: the second access network device sends a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be accessed from the first The network device switches to the second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the foregoing transmission
  • the channel migration request is also used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the method further includes: the second access network device switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the first Three access network equipment or the first access network equipment; where the third access network equipment is the access network equipment whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is The last serving access network device before the UE enters the deactivated state.
  • a data transmission method for network slicing includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in a deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request to a second access network device The message enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the non-NSSAI service through the second cell; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
  • the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell in which it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell in which it resides.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device.
  • the network device switches to the second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
  • a data transmission method for network slicing includes: before the UE enters the deactivation state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE; the RNA indication The information is used to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services; if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; where the first cell is one or more indicated by the RNA indication information One of the cells, the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  • the UE when the UE has a NSSAI service data transmission requirement, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service.
  • the cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service.
  • the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE, which specifically includes: the first access network device enters in E Before the activation state, the RNA indication information is sent to the UE through the radio resource control release RRC release message; the RRC release message includes the RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes every item in the RNA list.
  • the radio resource control release RRC release message includes the RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes every item in the RNA list.
  • the UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
  • the above-mentioned first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state; if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has For NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the first access network device; the first access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the first access network device resumes the first connection The RRC connection between the network access device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
  • the above-mentioned first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state; if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has For NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the second access network device establishes the second connection The RRC connection between the network access device and the UE; the second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
  • the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services. ; If the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses the first cell according to the RNA indication information; the UE transmits to the first cell
  • the second access network device sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message; the second access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the second access network device establishes a connection between the second access network device and the UE RRC connection; the second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell
  • the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the second cell does not support the NSSAI service;
  • the method further includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the access to which the second cell belongs Network equipment; the second access network equipment establishes an RRC connection between the second access network equipment and the UE; the second access network equipment transmits service data of the UE’s non-NSSAI services.
  • the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: a UE service for indicating whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service Instructions for transmission requirements.
  • the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the above method further includes: the second access network device sends a transmission to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message
  • the channel migration request is used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the AMF unit switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the second access network device is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the above method further includes: the second access network device sends a transmission to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message
  • the channel migration request is used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the foregoing transmission The channel migration request is also used to request that the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the above method further includes: the AMF unit transfers the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network The device switches to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the foregoing method further includes: the second access network device switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access Network equipment or the first access network equipment; where the third access network equipment is the access network equipment that the signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is the access network equipment that the UE enters The last service access network device before activation.
  • the above method further includes: the first access network device switches the UE to the third access network device; and the third access network
  • the device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meet a preset condition.
  • the above method further includes: the second access network device switches the UE to the third access network device or the first access network Equipment; wherein, the third access network equipment is the access network equipment that the signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is the UE is the UE enters the deactivated state The last service access network equipment before.
  • the above method further includes: the second access network device switches the UE to the third access network device or the second access network device.
  • a UE in a sixth aspect, includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive RNA indication information from a radio access network notification area from a first access network device, where the RNA indication information is used to indicate that one or more cells support
  • the network slice selects the ability to support information NSSAI services; the processing unit is used to determine if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, determine to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; wherein, the first cell is one or more of the above-mentioned cells
  • the first cell is a cell that supports NSSAI services.
  • the UE when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service.
  • the cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service.
  • the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the RNA indication information from the first access network device specifically includes: the transceiver unit receives the foregoing RNA indication information from the first access network device through a radio resource control release RRC release message
  • the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services.
  • the UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
  • the processing unit determines to transmit the NSSAI service data through the first cell, including: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the processing unit indicates The transceiver unit sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device to which the first cell belongs, so that the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the above-mentioned first cell is a cell where the UE camps in a deactivated state.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
  • the aforementioned UE resides in the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; if the UE is in the deactivated state There is an NSSAI service transmission requirement.
  • the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, which specifically includes: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses according to the RNA indication information
  • the first cell enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell supports the NSSAI service, and determine that the NSSAI service data transmission is completed through the first cell.
  • the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in a deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support the NSSAI service; the aforementioned transceiver unit also It is used to send a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, so that the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits non-NSSAI services through the second cell.
  • Service data of the NSSAI service where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
  • the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device.
  • the network device switches to the second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
  • a first access network device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send RNA indication information of a radio access network notification area to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state; wherein, The RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service, and at least one of the one or more cells supports the NSSAI service.
  • the first access network device sends to the UE RNA indication information used to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services before the UE enters the deactivated state. So that the UE can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing the cell that supports the NSSAI service according to the received RNA indication information when there is a requirement for NSSAI service data transmission. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the above transceiver unit sends RNA indication information to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state, which specifically includes: the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the UE through the radio resource control release before the UE enters the deactivated state.
  • the access network device sends to the UE the RNA list of one or more cells and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
  • the foregoing first access network device further includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the foregoing RNA by referring to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type obtained from the access and mobility management function AMF unit Indication information; or, referring to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service of the UE obtained from at least one access network device to determine the RNA indication information, the distance between the at least one access network device and the first access network device is Within the preset range.
  • the access network device can obtain the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type from the core network device (such as an AMF unit) or other adjacent access network devices to determine the RNA indication information sent to the UE, which is easy to implement.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit is further configured to receive a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE when there is a transmission demand for the NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is used to request communication with the first The access network device restores the RRC connection; the first access network device restores the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • the foregoing first access network device is an access network device of a first cell; wherein, the first cell is a cell where the UE resides in a deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI services; Alternatively, the first cell is not a cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service among one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
  • the UE when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of the NSSAI service.
  • the above processing unit is further configured to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the third access after the above transceiver unit transmits the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  • a second access network device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message from a UE in a deactivated state; the RRC connection establishment The request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device; the RRC connection establishment request message includes the service data used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is network slice selection support information NSSAI service service data or non-NSSAI service Indication information of the UE’s service transmission requirements for service data; a processing unit, used to establish an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message; the above transceiver unit is also used to transmit the UE’s service data .
  • the third access network device can establish an RRC connection with the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message from the UE, and support the UE to complete service data transmission.
  • the above-mentioned second access network device is an access network device to which the first cell belongs; wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  • the indication information of the service transmission requirement above indicates that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of a non-NSSAI service;
  • the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to The transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message, for requesting to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to The second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the foregoing transmission
  • the channel migration request is also used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the processing unit is further configured to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access network Device or first access network device; wherein, the third access network device is the access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is the UE entering and deactivating The last service access network device before the state.
  • a UE in a ninth aspect, includes a transceiver unit, configured to send a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to a second access network device if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in a deactivated state, and The deactivated state enters the connected state, and the service data of the non-NSSAI service is transmitted through the second cell; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
  • the UE if the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device.
  • the network device switches to the second access network device.
  • the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
  • the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
  • the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
  • a UE in a tenth aspect, includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting and receiving wireless signals; and a processor for executing the above instructions , Enabling the UE to execute the data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • a first access network device includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting wireless signals And receiving; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing instructions, so that the UE executes the data transmission method for network slicing in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • a second access network device includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; and a radio frequency circuit for transmitting wireless signals And receiving; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing instructions, so that the UE executes the data transmission method for network slicing in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • a communication system in a thirteenth aspect, includes: a UE in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the tenth aspect, and in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect or the eleventh aspect The first access network device.
  • the communication system further includes the second access network device in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect or the twelfth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions.
  • the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the A data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • a chip system in a fifteenth aspect, includes a processor and a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the A data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer program product which when it runs on a computer, enables implementation of any one of the possible implementation manners of the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth aspect
  • the data transmission method used for network slicing is provided, which when it runs on a computer, enables implementation of any one of the possible implementation manners of the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram of a communication network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 2 is a diagram of a network slicing service architecture provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 5 is a structural diagram of a protocol stack reserved on the base station side when the UE is in a connected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is an interaction diagram 1 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram of two examples of a UE accessing a core network through a cell in an RNA list according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram of three examples of a UE accessing a core network through a cell in an RNA list according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram of another example of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is an interaction diagram 2 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is an interaction diagram 3 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is an example diagram of transmission channel migration in a non-NSSAI service transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is an interaction diagram 4 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is an example diagram of transmission channel migration in another non-NSSAI service transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 16 is an interaction diagram 5 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural block diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a structural block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE/network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • NB-IoT narrowband-internet of things
  • WLAN wireless local access network
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation of mobile networks
  • 6G device-to-device
  • D2D device-to-device
  • FIG. 1 shows a communication network architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the 3GPP service-based architecture (SBA) of the 5G system includes the network Functions and entities mainly include: user equipment (UE), access network (AN) or radio access network (RAN), user plane function (UPF), data network (data network, DN), access management function (AMF), session management function SMF, authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), policy control function (PCF), application function (application function, AF), network slice selection function (NSSF), unified data management (UDM), network exposure function (NEF) and network storage function (NF repository function, NRF) .
  • UE user equipment
  • AN access network
  • RAN radio access network
  • UPF user plane function
  • data network data network
  • AMF access management function
  • SMF session management function SMF
  • authentication server function authentication server function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • PCF policy control function
  • application function application function
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • UDM network exposure function
  • UE, AN/RAN, UPF and DN are generally called user plane network functions and entities (or user plane network elements), and the other parts are generally called control plane network functions and entities (or control plane network elements) .
  • Control plane network elements are defined by 3GPP for processing functions in a network. Control plane network elements have 3GPP-defined functional behaviors and 3GPP-defined interfaces.
  • the network function can be used as a network element running on proprietary hardware, or running on Software instances on proprietary hardware, or virtual functions instantiated on a suitable platform, such as being implemented on a cloud infrastructure device.
  • AN/RAN can be base stations in various forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called “small stations"), distributed unit-control units (DU-CU), etc.
  • the DU-CU is a device that is deployed in a radio access network and can communicate with the UE wirelessly.
  • the aforementioned base station may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, or a public land mobile network (public land mobile network) that will evolve in the future.
  • land mobile network, PLMN public land mobile network equipment, etc. in the network.
  • AN/RAN can also be a broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), convergence switch, non-3GPP access equipment, etc.
  • BNG broadband network gateway
  • AN/RAN is mainly responsible for radio resource management on the air interface side, uplink and downlink data classification, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption, and completion of signaling processing with control plane network elements or completion with user plane function network elements Data forwarding and other functions.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific form and structure of AN/RAN. For example, in systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with base station functions may be different.
  • the base station can be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) equipment in LTE, such as an evolved NodeB (evolutional NodeB, eNB or e-NodeB), or it can be 5G The next generation radio access network (NG-RAN) equipment (such as gNB) in the system, etc.
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • NG-RAN next generation radio access network
  • UPF Mainly responsible for packet routing and forwarding, as well as QoS processing of user plane data or accounting information statistics.
  • the transmission resources and scheduling functions that provide services for the UE in the UPF are managed and controlled by the SMF.
  • the functions of UPF include: 1) Mobility anchor point of this system/different system; 2) PDN session node connecting with external data network; 3) Data packet routing/forwarding, which can receive user data from DN and pass (R ) AN transmits to UE, UPF can also receive user data from UE through (R) AN, and forward it to DN.
  • UPF network element for UE are managed and controlled by SMF; 4) Policy rule execution user plane Part and data packet detection; 5) Traffic usage report; 6) Uplink classification supports service flow routing to external data networks; 7) Supports bifurcation points of multi-connection PDU sessions; 8) User plane QoS processing, such as packet filtering, Uplink and downlink current limiting, select to pass; 9) Uplink service verification; 10) Uplink and downlink transmission layer data packet marking; 11) Downlink data packet buffer and trigger downlink data indication.
  • DN is the network used to transmit data.
  • the DN can be an operator service network, Internet access, or a third-party service network.
  • the DN can exchange information with the UE through the PDU session.
  • PDU sessions can be divided into multiple types, such as Internet protocol version 4 (IPv4), IPv6, and so on.
  • IPv4 Internet protocol version 4
  • IPv6 Internet protocol version 6
  • AMF Mainly responsible for the processing of control plane messages, such as: access control, mobility management, lawful interception, access authentication/authorization, etc.
  • the functions of AMF mainly include: 1) processing the access network control plane; 2) processing NAS messages, responsible for NAS encryption and integrity protection; 3) registration management; 4) connection management; 5) access 6) Mobility management; 7) Legal information interception; 8) Provide session management messages between UE and SMF; 9) Realize transparent transmission of routed session management (SM) messages, similar to transparent transmission proxy; 10) Access authentication; 11) Access authorization; 12) Forward SMS messages (short messages) between UE and SMSF; 13) Interact with AUSF and UE to obtain UE authentication intermediate key; 14) Calculation A specific key to access the network.
  • SM routed session management
  • SMF Mainly used for session management, UE's Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, downlink data notifications, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the main functions of SMF are: 1) Session management, session establishment, modification and release, including channel maintenance between UPF and AN nodes; 2) UE IP address allocation and management; 3) Selection and control of user plane functions 4) Configure correct service routing on UPF; 5) Landing execution of policy control function; 6) Control part of policy execution and QoS; 7) Legal interception; 8) Process session management part in NAS message; 9) Downlink data Instruction; 10) Initiate specific session management information of the access network (routed via AMF); 11) Determine the mode of continuity with the service in the session; 12) Roaming function.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • PCF Mainly used to provide UE policy rules, AM policy rules and SM policy rules related parameters to UE, AMF or SMF respectively, manage user subscription information, and connect to UDM to access subscription user information related to policy decisions. PCF generally makes strategic decisions based on contract information and so on.
  • NRF Mainly used to provide internal/external addressing functions, receive query requests from other network elements for a certain type of network element, and return information about related network elements, etc.
  • AUSF Mainly responsible for network security, used to generate keys, realize two-way authentication for the UE, and support a unified authentication framework.
  • AF used to provide services, mainly used for: 1) application impact on business routing; 2) exposure of network access capabilities; 3) interaction with policy framework for policy control.
  • NSSF Mainly used for network slice instance (network slice instance, NSI) selection and management, to determine the mapping between allowed network slice information and used network slice information, and to determine configured network slice information and subscribed network slice information Mapping.
  • NSI network slice instance
  • NEF It is the interface network element for two-way information interaction between the network and external entities. It is also a logical unit for internal information distribution and aggregation. It mainly includes three capabilities: monitoring capabilities, supply capabilities, and strategy/billing capabilities; among them, the monitoring capabilities are mainly Refers to the monitoring of special events of the UE and output of monitoring information. For example, it can output UE location information, connectivity, roaming status, connection retention, etc. through NEF; supply capability means that external entities can provide information through NEF for UE Used, this information can include mobility management and session management information, such as periodic communication time, communication duration, and scheduled communication time; policy/charging capability refers to external entities passing requirements through NEF to process QoS and charging policies.
  • UDM consists of two parts, one is called the application front end (FE), and the other is called the user data warehouse (UDR); the application front end is mainly used for: 1) authentication and credit processing; 2) user identification processing; 3) access authorization; 4 ) Registration/mobility management; 5) Subscription management; 6) Short message management.
  • FE application front end
  • UDR user data warehouse
  • the data to be transmitted can be transmitted through the PDU session established between the UE and the DN (that is, the communication bearer described in the specification), and the transmission will pass through two network functional entities (R)AN and UPF, UE and (R) An air interface technology is used to communicate between ANs.
  • N1 is the interface point between UE and AMF
  • N2 is the interface point between (R)AN and AMF
  • N3 is the interface between (R)AN and UPF
  • N4 It is the interface between SMF and UPF
  • N6 is UPF is the interface between DN
  • Namf is the service-based interface displayed by AMF
  • Nsmf is the service-based interface displayed by SMF
  • Nausf is the service-based interface displayed by AUSF
  • Nnssf It is the service-based interface displayed by NSSF
  • Nnef is the service-based interface displayed by NEF
  • Nnrf is the service-based interface displayed by NRF
  • Npcf is the service-based interface displayed by PCF
  • Nudm is the service-based interface displayed by UDM
  • Naf Service-based interface presented for AF is the service-based interface presented for AF.
  • 5G provides users with customized network services through end-to-end network slices.
  • 5G virtualizes multiple physical facilities with different characteristics on the same set of physical facilities.
  • separate logical subnets to provide targeted services to users, that is, Slice.
  • the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is mainly used for a network architecture based on network slicing.
  • the communication system to which the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable may include a UE, an access network (AN) or a radio access network (RAN), and multiple network slices.
  • FIG. 2 shows an architecture diagram of a network slicing communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network slice communication system may include UE, base station (ie AN/RAN), UPF, DN (such as DN1 and DN2), AMF, SMF, PCF, NSSF and NRF.
  • slice#1 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#1, NRF#1, SMF#1, PCF#1, and UPF#1.
  • slice#2 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#2, NRF#2, SMF#2, PCF#2, and UPF#2.
  • slice#3 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#3, NRF#3, SMF#3, PCF#3, and UPF#3.
  • PCF#1, PCF#2, and PCF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized based on PCF.
  • NRF#1, NRF#2, and NRF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by NRF.
  • SMF#1, SMF#2, and SMF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by SMF.
  • PCF#1, PCF#2, and PCF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by PCF.
  • UPF#1, UPF#2, and UPF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by UPF.
  • Slice#1, slice#2, and slice#3 can be used as independent channels to provide services for services with different requirements for mobility, billing, security, policy control, delay, and reliability.
  • the UE in this application may be a desktop device, a laptop device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a smart home device, a computing device, a vehicle-mounted device, etc., with wireless connection function.
  • wireless connection function For example, netbooks, tablet computers, smart watches, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), smart cameras, netbooks, personal digital assistants (PDAs), portable multimedia players (PMPs) ), AR (augmented reality)/VR (virtual reality) devices, wireless devices on aircraft, wireless devices on robots, wireless devices in industrial control, wireless devices in telemedicine, wireless devices in smart grids, smart cities Wireless devices in the (smart city), wireless devices in the smart home (smart home), etc.
  • the UE may also be a wireless device in narrowband (narrowband, NB) technology.
  • the UE in this application can also refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, and a wireless communication device , User agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) For terminal equipment or terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., the specific type and structure of the UE are not limited in this application.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • UE can also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to achieve human-machine interconnection. An intelligent network of interconnected things.
  • the IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power-saving terminals through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a UE.
  • the UE 300 may specifically include: a processor 301, a radio frequency circuit 302, a memory 303, a touch screen 304, a Bluetooth device 305, one or more sensors 306, a Wi-Fi device 307, a positioning device 308, and an audio circuit 309 , Peripheral interface 310, power supply device 311, fingerprint acquisition device 312, speaker 313, microphone 314 and other components. These components can communicate through one or more communication buses or signal lines (not shown in Figure 3).
  • the hardware structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the UE 300, and the UE 300 may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or different component arrangements. .
  • the processor 301 is the control center of the UE 300. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect to the various parts of the UE 300. It runs or executes the application client program (hereinafter referred to as App) stored in the memory 303, and calls the application stored in the memory 303. The data inside performs various functions of the UE 300 and processes data.
  • the processor 301 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for control
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs; for example, the processor 301 may be a Kirin 260 chip.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 can be used to receive and send wireless signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 may receive the downlink data of the base station and send it to the processor 301 for processing; in addition, it may send the uplink data to the base station.
  • the radio frequency circuit includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
  • the memory 303 is used to store application programs and data.
  • the memory 303 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions. Random access memory (RAM) ) Or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions. They can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory, CD -ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures The form of the desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer, but not limited to this.
  • the processor 301 executes various functions and data processing of the UE 300 by running application programs and data stored in the memory 303.
  • the memory 303 mainly includes a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store the operating system and at least one application program required by at least one function (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.); the storage data area can store Data created at 300 hours (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • the memory 303 may store instructions for implementing two modular functions: receiving instructions and connection instructions, and the processor 301 controls the execution.
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 303 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as a magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 303 can store various operating systems, for example, an iOS operating system, an Android operating system, and so on.
  • the UE 300 may also include at least one or more sensors 306, such as light sensors, motion sensors, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display of the touch screen 304 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the power of the display when the UE 300 is moved to the ear.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three-axis), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary.
  • the UE 300 can also be equipped with gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor and other sensors, here No longer.
  • the audio circuit 309, the speaker 313, and the microphone 314 can provide an audio interface between the user and the UE 300.
  • the audio circuit 309 can transmit the electrical signal converted from the received audio data to the speaker 313, which is converted into a sound signal for output by the speaker 313; on the other hand, the microphone 314 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 309 After being received, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the radio frequency circuit 302 to be sent to, for example, another UE, or the audio data is output to the memory 303 for further processing.
  • the UE 300 may also include a camera (front camera and/or rear camera), a flashlight, a miniature projection device, a near field communication (NFC) device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • a camera front camera and/or rear camera
  • a flashlight a miniature projection device
  • NFC near field communication
  • the hardware modules included in the UE shown in FIG. 3 are only described as examples and do not limit the application. In fact, the UE shown in FIG. 3 may also include other hardware modules that interact with the hardware modules illustrated in the figure. For other hardware modules, there is no specific limitation here.
  • the AN/RAN in this application may be the base station shown in FIG. 2.
  • the base station may be an Ng-eNB, a gNB, or a transmission/reception point (trasmission/reception point, TRP). It may also be a base station defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP). For example, eNB or e-NodeB, etc.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the eNB when the eNB accesses the NR core network or next generation core network (NGC) or 5G core network (5th generation core network, 5GC), the eNB may also be referred to as eLTE eNB.
  • the eLTE eNB is an evolved LTE base station equipment based on the eNB, and can be directly connected to the 5G CN.
  • the eLTE eNB also belongs to the base station equipment in the NR.
  • AN/RAN may also be a wireless terminal (WT).
  • WT wireless terminal
  • AP access point
  • AC access controller
  • AP access point
  • AC access controller
  • AP access point
  • AC access controller
  • relay equipment in-vehicle equipment
  • smart wearable equipment etc. This application does not limit the type of AN/RAN.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware result of a network device.
  • the network device may include a processor 401, a communication line 402, a memory 403, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 4, the communication interface 404 is included as an example for illustration).
  • the processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs used to control the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 402 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 404 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, and WLAN.
  • the memory 403 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through the communication line 402. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 403 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application.
  • the memory 403 can store instructions for implementing two modular functions: sending instructions, receiving instructions, and processing instructions, and the processor 401 controls the execution.
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 403 shown in FIG. 4 is only a schematic diagram, and the memory may also include other functional instructions, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the computer-executable instructions in this application may also be referred to as application program code, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 4 is only used as an example of a network device, and does not limit the specific structure of the network device.
  • the network device may also include other functional modules.
  • the access network equipment e.g., access network equipment, etc.
  • core network equipment e.g., AMF, PCF, NRF, SMF, UPF, etc.
  • both may have the same or similar Hardware structure.
  • Connected state also called connected state.
  • the connection state refers to the establishment of a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection, so it is also called RRC_CONNECTED.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RRC connection is used to process control plane messages between the UE and the access network.
  • Inactive state also called inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) or third state.
  • the deactivated state means that the RRC connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) has been disconnected, but the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) has not been disconnected.
  • the RRC connection between the UE and the access network such as a base station
  • the access network such as a base station
  • Idle state also called idle state (RRC_IDLE).
  • the idle state means that the RRC connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) is not established, and the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) is not established.
  • the connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) and the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) need to be established first. Data transmission can only be carried out if connected.
  • TA is a core network level (core network level, CN level) location area, used for LTE/SAE and other systems to manage the location of the UE. Specifically, the TA can be used for the paging management and location update management of the UE by the core network equipment.
  • the UE can notify the core network device of the TA where the UE is located through TA registration, so that when the core network device needs to page the UE, it can page the UE according to the TA registered by the UE.
  • TA is a cell-level configuration. Multiple cells can be configured with the same TA, but a cell can only belong to one TA at a time.
  • RNA is similar to TA and is used for paging management and location update management of the UE by network equipment. The difference is that RNA is a RAN-level location area.
  • the last serving base station before the UE enters the deactivated state will indicate an RNA to the UE through dedicated RRC signaling "RRC release".
  • RRC release When the UE moves within the range of the RNA, RNA update (RNAU) is not required. If the UE is out of the RNA range, RNAU will be initiated.
  • the base station side will still save entities (such as packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) and service) for the UE.
  • Data adaptation protocol service data adaptation protocol, SDAP
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the air interface protocol stack is generally divided into three layers: the physical layer (also referred to as the L1 layer), the data link layer (also referred to as the L2 layer), and the network layer (also referred to as the L3 layer).
  • the L2 layer ie, the data link layer
  • the L2 layer can be divided into the following sublayers: medium access control (MAC) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, PDCP layer and SDAP layer.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • PDCP layer packet data convergence protocol
  • SDAP layer Secure Socket Access Protocol
  • the MAC layer is used to provide logical channels to the RLC layer and to map logical channels to physical channels.
  • the RLC layer is used to provide RLC channels to the PDCP layer and to map the RLC channels and logical channels.
  • the PDCP layer is used to provide RBs to the SDAP layer, and perform radio bearer (RB) mapping with RLC channels.
  • the RB includes a signaling radio bearer (SRB) on the control plane and a data radio bearer (DBR) on the user plane.
  • the SDAP layer is used to provide specific quality of service (QoS) parameters of data packets, and to map QoS parameters to RBs.
  • QoS parameter is used to indicate one or more of the resource type, priority, delay, packet loss rate, or time window size required for data packet transmission.
  • the AN/RAN may be composed of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the CU may also be referred to as a control unit (control unit).
  • the AN/RAN protocol layer can be separated, and part of the protocol layer functions are placed under the centralized control of the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU centrally controls the DU.
  • the RRC, SDAP, and PDCP layers can be deployed in the CU; the remaining RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer (Physical) can be deployed in the DU.
  • the CU and DU are connected through the F1 interface.
  • CU stands for gNB to connect to the core network through the NG interface.
  • the CU may also adopt a structure in which a control plane (control plane) entity and a user plane (UP) network element are separated, and one control plane network element manages multiple user plane network elements.
  • control plane control plane
  • UP user plane
  • FIG. 5 shows the structure diagram of the protocol stack reserved on the base station side when the UE is in a connected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state.
  • F1 tunnels F1 tunnels
  • UE4 N3 tunnel for data transmission.
  • the N3 tunnel between the CU and the core network is still reserved, and the SDAP and PDCP entities of the UE are also reserved.
  • the air interface data radio bearer DBR is released.
  • the cell where the UE camps when it enters the deactivated state is called an anchor cell.
  • the anchor cell remains unchanged and does not need to notify the network; when the UE moves out of the RNA range, the network needs to be notified to replace the anchor cell and replace the RNA .
  • the N3 tunnel between the CU and the core network is released, and the SDAP and PDCP entities of the UE are also released.
  • the access network equipment (such as the base station) needs to first establish/restore the RRC connection, then establish the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establish the F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DUs , And then the UE can use DRB to transmit data.
  • the following will take the communication network architecture diagram shown in Figure 1 as an example. More specifically, the network slicing service architecture diagram shown in Figure 2 will be taken as an example.
  • the access network device is a base station and has the structure shown in Figure 3 or The UE300 with a similar structure is taken as an example, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
  • FIG. 6 shows an interaction diagram of a data transmission method for network slicing.
  • the data transmission method for network slicing provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps S601 and S602:
  • Base station A sends RNA indication information to UE 300 before UE 300 enters the deactivated state.
  • the RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services.
  • the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: whether each cell in the RNA list supports the NSSAI service, and the type of NSSAI service supported by each cell in the RNA list.
  • the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: the indication information that each cell in the RNA list supports the NSSAI service.
  • the capability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: the indication information that each cell in the RNA list supports one or more types of NSSAI services.
  • all the cells in the RNA list sent to the UE 300 of the base station A may support the NSSAI service. Or all support one or more types of NSSAI services, as shown in Figure 7 (a) and Figure 7 (b). Or, in order to avoid the above solution due to the fact that most of the cells near base station A do not support NSSAI services, base station A sends too few cells in the RNA list to UE 300 before UE 300 enters the deactivated state.
  • some cells Before UE 300 enters the deactivated state, among the cells in the RNA list sent to UE 300, some cells may support NSSAI services or support one or more types of NSSAI services, and some cells may not support NSSAI services. (Such as small data services) or does not support one or more types of NSSAI services, as shown in Figure 8 (a), Figure 8 (b) and Figure 8 (c).
  • a small data service refers to a service that has a small amount of data and is initiated infrequently.
  • the small data service can be any of the following services of a smart phone: traffic services from instant messaging (IM) service applications (such as whatsapp, QQ, WeChat, etc.), from IM/email or other applications Heartbeat/keep alive traffic business or push notifications from various applications, etc.
  • IM instant messaging
  • the small data service can also be any of the following services of non-smart phones: traffic services from wearable devices (such as periodic positioning information, etc.), sensor services (such as industrial wireless sensor networks regularly or in an event-triggered manner) Transmit temperature, pressure readings, etc.) or smart meter and smart meter network to send regular meter reading services.
  • the small data service may also be another service, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the foregoing step S601 may include: base station A (ie, the first access network device) sends RNA indication information to UE 300 through an RRC release message before UE 300 enters the deactivated state.
  • the RRC release message includes an RNA list including one or more cells.
  • the RRC release message includes identification information of one or more cells.
  • the RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services.
  • the RNA indication information includes PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList used to characterize the RNA list and bit string indicator bytes used to indicate the capability of one or more cells in the RNA list to support NSSAI services: support requested NSSAI or not .
  • the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList includes identification information of one or more cells, such as plmn-Identity as shown in FIG. 9.
  • the length of the bit string is the number of cells in the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList (that is, the RNA list).
  • the content of the bit string is a string of 0 or 1, and the bit string in the content of the bit string is used to indicate whether the first cell to the last cell in the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList (that is, the RNA list) supports the NSSAI service. For example, if a cell supports the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 1; if a cell does not support the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 0. Or, if a cell supports the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 0; if a cell does not support the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 1.
  • the RNA indication information includes PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList used to characterize the RNA list and bit string indicator bytes used to indicate the capability of one or more cells in the RNA list to support NSSAI services: support requested NSSAI or not .
  • PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList used to characterize the RNA list and bit string indicator bytes used to indicate the capability of one or more cells in the RNA list to support NSSAI services: support requested NSSAI or not .
  • each RAN Area in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList is composed of some or all TAs. All TAs are TAC identifiers, and some TAs are RANAC (RAN area codes) identifiers. Therefore, PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList essentially includes an RNA list of one or more cells.
  • the length of the bit string is the number of cells in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList (that is, the RNA list).
  • the content of the bit string is a string of 0 or 1, and the bit string in the content of the bit string is used to indicate whether the first cell to the last cell in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList (that is, the RNA list) supports the NSSAI service.
  • the base station A (that is, the first access network device) can determine the RNA indication information in at least the following three ways:
  • the base station A determines the slice support capability information of at least one cell obtained from the core network element (such as AMF).
  • the capability information of at least one cell to support slices can be understood as the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type.
  • base station A may obtain the slice support capability of each cell near base station A from a core network element (such as AMF), and base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the response of the core network element. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list according to the reply of the core network element. For example, base station A regards the cell supporting slice A returned by the core network element as the cell in the RNA list. Or, as an optional implementation manner, the base station A may screen out a part of the cells that support slice A as the cells in the RNA list according to the response of the core network element.
  • the base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screen based on distance) from the replies of the core network element, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
  • the base station A determines the slice-supporting cell near the base station A obtained from the core network element (such as AMF).
  • the core network element such as AMF
  • base station A may obtain which cells near base station A support slice A from a core network element (such as AMF), and base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the response of the core network element. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list according to the reply of the core network element.
  • a core network element such as AMF
  • the base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screen based on distance) from the replies of the core network element, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
  • the base station A can actively ask the core network element (such as AMF) about the ability of each cell near the base station A to support slices or which cells near the base station A support slices; or, the core network element (Such as AMF) can also actively provide base station A with the ability of each cell near base station A to support slices or which cells near base station A support slices.
  • AMF core network element
  • Manner 3 The base station A (that is, the first access network device) determines the slice support capability information of at least one cell obtained from at least one access network device. Wherein, the distance between the at least one access network device and the base station A (that is, the first access network device) is within a preset range.
  • base station A can obtain the ability of the cell of the opposing base station to support slices from one or more base stations (such as one or more base stations near base station A) through the Xn interface, or the cells of the opposing base station's cells that support slices.
  • the base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the reply information received from the above-mentioned one or more base stations. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list based on the reply information received from the above-mentioned one or more base stations.
  • base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screening based on distance) from the replies of one or more base stations, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
  • each base station is updated to nearby base stations (including base station A) through the Xn interface.
  • UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements, as shown in Figure 6, UE 300, base station A or base station B continue to perform the following steps S602-S605:
  • the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station A (or base station B) through the first cell.
  • the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A (or base station B) through the first cell. It is used to enter the connected state from the deactivated state to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the first cell.
  • UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements in the deactivated state, including but not limited to the following two possibilities: (1) UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements in deactivated state; (2) UE 300 receives a paging request .
  • base station A will initiate a paging request to all base stations in the RNA list. All cells in the RNA list send paging messages on the air interface, indicating that the current service is an NSSAI service.
  • the UE 300 After receiving the paging message, the UE 300 will send an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A (or base station B) through the first cell.
  • the first cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the first cell is a cell supporting the NSSAI service.
  • the NSSAI service may at least include: a first type of NSSAI service and/or a second type of NSSAI service.
  • the NSSAI service of the first service type may be the NSSAI service type processed before the UE 300 enters the activated state from the activated state, and is also called “suspended service”.
  • the NSSAI service of the first service type is the most processed NSSAI service type within a preset time period (such as a week) before the UE 300 enters the activated state from the activated state.
  • the NSSAI service of the first service type is the last NSSAI service type processed before the UE 300 enters the deactivated state from the activated state.
  • the second type of NSSAI service may be a type of NSSAI service that the UE 300 has not processed but needs to be processed before entering the activated state from the activated state, and is also called "potential service".
  • the second type of NSSAI service is a type of NSSAI service predetermined by the UE 300 (for example, a service that needs to be performed at a preset time).
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific NSSAI service included in the NSSAI service.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application categories described in the NSSAI service.
  • the NSSAI business can be the NSSAI business of social applications, and it can also be the NSSAI business of other types of applications such as news, office, shopping, and travel.
  • the first cell is the cell to which base station A belongs, as shown in S602-a in Figure 6, if UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements, UE 300 sends RRC to base station A through the first cell Connection establishment request. If the first cell is the cell to which base station B belongs, as shown in S602-b in FIG. 6, if UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station B through the first cell.
  • the first cell is the cell where the UE 300 resides when there is the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission demand in the deactivated state.
  • the UE 300 when it has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, it will determine the ability of the first cell to support the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information received from the base station A. For example, the UE 300 reads ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not in the RRC release message to determine whether the first cell supports the NSSAI service.
  • the UE 300 will directly send the RRC connection establishment request to the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs through the first cell.
  • the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 is transmitted through the first cell and the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs respectively.
  • the cell where the UE 300 resides when the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission needs in the deactivated state is the second cell, and the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. And the second cell does not support NSSAI services. Since the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, it will determine the ability of the second cell to support the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information received from the base station A. For example, the UE 300 determines that the second cell does not support NSSAI services by reading ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not in the RRC release message.
  • the UE 300 will select a cell (such as the first cell) that supports the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information. For example, the UE 300 determines that the first cell supports the NSSAI service by reading ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not. Then, by accessing the first cell, the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs through the first cell. After entering the connected state from the deactivated state, the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 is transmitted through the second cell and the base station to which the second cell belongs (base station A or base station B).
  • a cell such as the first cell
  • the UE 300 determines that the first cell supports the NSSAI service by reading ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not. Then, by accessing the first cell, the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs through the
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific rule for the UE 300 to select a cell (such as the first cell) that supports the NSSAI service from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
  • the UE 300 may select a cell with the best signal strength and/or signal quality from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
  • the UE 300 may select a cell with the coverage area closest to the UE 300 from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
  • the first cell has the following two situations: (1) The first cell is not the anchor cell of the UE 300, as shown in Figure 7 (b) and Figure 8 (b) Or as shown in (c) in Figure 8. (2) The first cell is the anchor cell of the UE 300, that is, the first cell is the cell where the UE 300 resides when the UE 300 enters the deactivated state from the connected state, as shown in Figure 7 (a) or Figure 8 As shown in (a). For the above two cases, if the first cell supports the NSSAI service, the UE 300 can complete the above NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the first cell is the anchor cell of the UE 300, and the first cell supports NSSAI services (as shown in Figure 7 (a) or Figure 8 (a))
  • the anchor cell retains the context information of the UE 300. Therefore, in this case, the UE 300 sends an RR connection establishment request to the base station to which the first cell belongs (ie, base station A).
  • the cell is used to request the restoration of the UE 300
  • the RRC connection with base station A is also called "RRC" connection recovery request message.
  • Figures 7 and 8 are only examples of several UE 300 accessing the core network through the cells in the RNA list, and do not apply to the cell where the UE 300 resides when it has the above NSSAI service transmission requirements in the deactivated state. Out of limits. Taking (a) in Figure 7 as an example, the UE 300 may currently reside in the anchor cell. However, there is also such a possibility that the UE 300 currently resides in cell A or cell B. When the UE 300 has the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the anchor cell is better, so it accesses anchor cell. Taking (b) in FIG. 7 as an example, UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell.
  • UE 300 currently resides in cell A or anchor cell.
  • UE 300 has the above NSSAI service transmission requirements, it measures and finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so the connection Into the first cell. Taking (a) in FIG. 8 as an example, the UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell (that is, the anchor cell). However, there is also such a possibility that the UE 300 is currently camping on cell A.
  • the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell (that is, the anchor cell) is better. Therefore, access to the first cell (ie anchor cell).
  • the UE 300 currently resides in cell B, and the UE 300 finds that cell B does not support NSSAI services when it has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, and the first cell (that is, the anchor cell) supports NSSAI services, so it accesses the first cell ( That is anchor cell).
  • the first cell that is, the anchor cell
  • the first cell that is, the anchor cell
  • NSSAI services so it accesses the first cell ( That is anchor cell).
  • UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell.
  • the UE 300 is currently camping on cell A.
  • the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so it accesses the first cell. Community.
  • the UE 300 currently resides in the B cell (ie anchor cell), and when the UE 300 has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirement, it finds that the B cell does not support the NSSAI service, and the first cell supports the NSSAI service, so it accesses the first cell.
  • the UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell.
  • the UE 300 is currently camping on the anchor cell.
  • the UE 300 measures and finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so it accesses the first cell.
  • the UE 300 currently resides in cell B, and the UE 300 finds that cell B does not support NSSAI services and the first cell supports NSSAI services when it has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, so it accesses the first cell.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 is also used to instruct the base station to which the first cell belongs to request the core network device (such as the AMF unit) to transfer the transmission channel used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service from the UE 300
  • the anchor base station (such as base station A, that is, the first access network device) is handed over to the base station to which the first cell belongs (such as base station B, that is, the second access network device).
  • the transmission channel used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service is usually established between the UPF unit and the access network device (such as base station A).
  • the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300.
  • the indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  • the base station to which the first cell belongs can decide whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service or the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 and the cell where the UE 300 resides.
  • the UE 300 does not need to use the transmission channel corresponding to non-NSSAI services (such as small data services) when there is a need for NSSAI service transmission, in order to ensure the stability of the network, usually the first cell belongs to The base station of the UE will also request the core network equipment to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service (such as the small data service) from the anchor base station of the UE 300 to the base station to which the first cell belongs.
  • non-NSSAI services such as small data services
  • the base station A (base station B) establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A (base station b) according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
  • step S602-a that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station A
  • the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A.
  • the base station A performs step S603-a, and establishes an RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
  • step S602-b that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B
  • the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station B.
  • the base station B performs step S603-b, and establishes an RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
  • the base station A resumes the RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A.
  • the base station A establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU and the DU.
  • step S603-a that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station A. Then the base station A performs step S603-a, and establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DU. This causes the UE 300 to switch from the connection state in (b) in FIG. 5 to the connection state shown in (a) in FIG. 5.
  • step S603-b If the UE 300 performs the foregoing step S602-b, and the base station B performs the foregoing step S603-b, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B. Then the base station B performs step S603-b, and establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DU. This causes the UE 300 to switch from the connection state in (b) in FIG. 5 to the connection state shown in (a) in FIG. 5. Regarding the process of establishing the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU and establishing the F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DUs, please refer to the explanation and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
  • the UE 300 transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  • the UE 300 executes step S605-a to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. More specifically, the UE 300 separately establishes the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU of the base station A through the base station A, the F1 tunnel established for the DRB between the CU-DUs, the SDAP and PDCP entities in the CU, and the CU and the core network.
  • the N3 tunnel between NSSAI services transmits business data of NSSAI services.
  • the UE 300 performs the foregoing step S602-b, and the base station B performs the foregoing steps S603-b and S604-b, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B. Then the UE 300 executes step S605-b to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. More specifically, the UE 300 separately establishes the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU of the base station B through the base station B, the F1 tunnel established for the DRB between the CU-DUs, the SDAP and PDCP entities in the CU, and the CU and the core network. The N3 tunnel between NSSAI services transmits business data of NSSAI services.
  • steps S602-S605 are for the data transmission method when the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement.
  • the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service (such as small data service) transmission demand after performing the above step S601
  • base station A ie, the anchor base station of the UE 300
  • UE 300 and base station A continue to perform the following steps S1101-S1104:
  • UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station A.
  • the RRC connection establishment request is used to request the base station A to resume the RRC connection with the UE 300, so that the UE 300 enters the connected state from the deactivated state, so as to transmit the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the base station A.
  • the UE 300 can reside in a cell that supports NSSAI services (such as the first cell) when it has the above-mentioned non-NSSAI service transmission requirements, or can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell).
  • NSSAI services such as the first cell
  • the UE 300 can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell).
  • This application is implemented The example does not limit this.
  • the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, including but not limited to the following two possibilities: (1) The UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state; (2) The UE 300 receives the paging request. Specifically, if service data of a downlink non-NSSAI service arrives at the anchor cell of the UE 300, base station A will initiate a paging request to all base stations in the RNA list.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300.
  • the indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is service data of a non-NSSAI service. So that the base station B decides whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300.
  • the base station A establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
  • the base station A since the base station A is the anchor base station of the UE, the base station A saves the context information of the UE 300.
  • the base station A can obtain the context information of the UE 300, and restore the RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the context information of the UE 300.
  • the process of restoring the RRC connection by the base station according to the UE context saved by the base station reference may be made to the introduction and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
  • the base station A establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU and the DU.
  • UE 300 transmits service data of non-NSSAI services through base station A.
  • the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service (such as small data service) transmission demand after performing the above step S601, it is assumed that the UE 300 resides at the anchor base station (such as base station B) of the non-UE 300 when the above non-NSSAI service transmission demand is required. As shown in Figure 12, UE 300, base station A and base station B continue to perform the following steps S1201-S1208:
  • UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station B.
  • the RRC connection establishment request is used to request the base station A to resume the RRC connection with the UE 300, so that the UE 300 enters the connected state from the deactivated state, so as to transmit the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the base station A.
  • the UE 300 can reside in a cell that supports NSSAI services (such as the first cell) when it has the above-mentioned non-NSSAI service transmission requirements, or can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell).
  • NSSAI services such as the first cell
  • the UE 300 can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell).
  • This application is implemented The example does not limit this.
  • the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300.
  • the indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is service data of a non-NSSAI service. So that the base station B decides whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300.
  • the base station B establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station B according to the RRC connection establishment request message from the UE 300.
  • base station B may send a request for obtaining UE 300 context information to the anchor base station (ie, base station A) through the Xn interface.
  • the request may include the reason for RRC establishment is the transmission of service data of non-NSSAI services).
  • base station B After receiving the context information from the anchor base station (ie, base station A), base station B switches the context information of UE 300 to base station B.
  • the base station B sends a transmission channel relocation request to the AMF unit.
  • the transmission channel migration request is used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be switched from the first access network device (ie base station A) to the second access network device (ie base station B).
  • the transmission channel migration request can carry the tunnel ID of a non-NSSAI service (such as a small data service).
  • the AMF unit sends a transmission channel migration request message to the UPF unit.
  • the transmission channel migration request message is used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be switched from base station A to base station B.
  • the AMF unit receives a transmission channel migration confirmation message from the UPF unit.
  • the AMF unit sends a transmission channel migration confirmation message to base station B.
  • the channel migration confirmation message is used to confirm that the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from base station A to base station B.
  • Base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from base station A to base station B.
  • the N3 channel represented by the solid line is the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service
  • the N3 channel represented by the dashed line is the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service.
  • base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service (that is, the N3 channel represented by the solid line) from base station A to base station B.
  • the N3 channel indicated by the dashed line remains between base station A and UPF.
  • the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service is still reserved between the base station A and the UPF. Since the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service cannot exist separately between the base station and the UPF for a long time, in some embodiments, when the base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the base station A to the base station B, the AMF unit can be started A timer. When the timer exceeds the preset duration, no matter whether the transmission of the non-NSSAI service is completed or not, the base station A must delete the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service between the base station A and the UPF to ensure the stability of the network.
  • base station B can migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service to between base station B and the UPF unit; or, base station B can transmit the corresponding transmission of the NSSAI service
  • the channel and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service are migrated to the anchor base station of UE 300; or, base station B can migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell with the best signal coverage.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the migration of the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service after the non-NSSAI service transmission is completed.
  • UE 300 transmits service data of non-NSSAI services through base station B.
  • the transmission channel migration request is also used to request that the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service stored between the first access network device (ie base station A) and the UPF unit be switched from the first access network device (ie base station A) To the second access network device (ie base station B).
  • the transmission channel migration request sent by the AMF unit to the UPF unit in step S1204 is also used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service stored between the base station A and the UPF unit to be switched from the base station A to the base station B.
  • the transmission channel migration confirmation message received by the AMF unit from the UPF unit in step S1205 is used to confirm the switching of the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from base station A to base station B.
  • base station A and base station B have performed the above steps S601, S1201-S1207, base station B can also perform the following step S1209, and after base station B has performed step S1209, The UE 300 continues to perform the above step S1208.
  • Base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from base station A to base station B.
  • the N3 channel represented by the solid line is the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service
  • the N3 channel represented by the dashed line is the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service.
  • base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to non-NSSAI services (ie, the N3 channel represented by a solid line) and the transmission channel corresponding to NSSAI services (ie, the N3 channel represented by a dashed line) from base station A to base station B.
  • each network element such as base station A and base station B has performed the above steps S601-S605 shown in FIG. 6, or performed the above steps S601 and S1101-S1104 shown in FIG. 11, or performed
  • the UE 300 can also send a measurement report to the base station where it resides.
  • the measurement report The base station used for its camping decides whether to switch the UE 300 to another base station.
  • the measurement report sent by the UE 300 to the base station where it resides may at least include the signal strength and/or signal quality of one or more cells.
  • the base station where the UE 300 resides decides whether to switch the UE 300 to another base station. And, if it is decided to switch the UE 300 to another base station, which cell to switch the UE 300 to.
  • the UE 300 may also send indication information to the base station where it resides, for instructing the UE 300 to be handed over to the last anchor cell of the UE 300.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the handover strategy after the UE 300 performs the NSSAI service/non-NSSAI service transmission.
  • Figure 16 takes the non-NSSAI service data transmission scenario shown in Figure 13 as an example. Take the UE 300 sending a measurement report to the base station where it resides as an example. Switch flow chart. As shown in FIG. 16, the data transmission method for network slicing provided by the embodiment of the present application may further include the following steps S1601-S1608:
  • UE 300 sends a measurement report to base station B.
  • the measurement report may at least include the signal strength and/or signal quality of one or more cells.
  • the measurement report includes the signal strength and/or signal quality of all cells whose distance from the UE 300 is within a preset range.
  • the base station B determines to hand over the UE 300 to the base station C according to the measurement report.
  • the base station B sends a handover request message to the base station C.
  • the handover request message is used to request the UE 300 to be handed over from base station B to base station C.
  • the base station C sends a handover request message to the AMF unit.
  • the handover request message is used to request the UE 300 to be handed over from base station B to base station C, and to request the allocation of two tunnel IDs for UE 300 (including the ID used to identify the transmission channel used to transmit non-NSSAI services and the ID used to identify The ID of the transmission channel that transmits the NSSAI service).
  • the AMF unit sends a handover request message to the UPF unit.
  • the AMF unit receives the handover confirmation message from the UPF unit.
  • the handover confirmation message is used to determine the handover of the UE 300 from base station B to base station C, and to reply to the AMF unit with the UPF unit to allocate two tunnel IDs for the UE 300.
  • the AMF unit sends a handover confirmation message to the base station C.
  • the base station C allocates two tunnel IDs to the UE 300 according to the UPF unit, and migrates the transmission channel used to transmit NSSAI services and the transmission channel used to transmit non-NSSAI services from the base station B and the UPF unit to the base station C and the UPF unit. between.
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be implemented in this application.
  • the implementation process of the example constitutes any limitation.
  • the UE or the access network device (such as the first access network device or the second access network device) includes hardware structures and/or corresponding hardware structures that perform each function.
  • Software module Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the functional modules of the UE and network equipment (such as access network equipment, AMF unit or UPF unit) and other equipment.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or two
  • the above functions are integrated in a processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the UE 300 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the UE 300 to receive RNA indication information from the first access network device (such as base station A) before entering the deactivated state, and to support the UE 300 to perform the above step S602 (such as S602-a or S602-a).
  • S603 such as S603-a or S603-b
  • S605 such as S605-a or S605-b
  • the processing unit 1720 is used to support the UE 300 to perform the above steps S1102 and S1202, and is used to support the UE 300 to determine the cell used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 according to the RNA indication information, or determine the cell used to transmit the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 The cell of the business data, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the network device may be the aforementioned first access network device (such as base station A), the second access network device (such as base station B), the third access network device (such as base station C), an AMF unit, or a UPF unit.
  • the network device may include a transceiver unit 1810 and a processing unit 1820.
  • the transceiver unit 1810 is configured to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S601, S602-a, S605-a, S1104 , And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processing unit 1820 is configured to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S603-a, S604-a, S1103, S1203, S1206 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S601, S602-b, S605-b, S1603, and / Or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processing unit 1820 is configured to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S603-b, S604-b, S1207, S1209, S1602, S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1810 When the network device is an AMF unit, the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the AMF unit to perform the above steps S1203, S1204, S1205, S1206, S1604, S1605, S1606, S1607, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1810 When the network device is a UPF unit, the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the UPF unit to perform the above steps S1204, S1205, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the third access network device (such as base station C) to perform the above-mentioned steps S1603, S1604, and S1607, and/or used in this document Describe the other processes of the technology.
  • the processing unit 1820 is configured to support the third access network device (such as the base station C) to perform the above step S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the above-mentioned transceiving unit 1710 and transceiving unit 1810 may include radio frequency circuits.
  • the UE or the access network device may receive and send wireless signals through a radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
  • each module in the UE or the network device may be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, which is not specifically limited.
  • the UE or network equipment is presented in the form of functional modules.
  • the "module” herein may refer to application-specific integrated circuits ASIC, circuits, processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the UE or network device may adopt the form shown in FIG. 19.
  • the processing unit 1720 or the processing unit 1820 may be implemented by the processor 1910 shown in FIG. 19.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 and the transceiver unit 1810 may be implemented by the transceiver 1920 shown in FIG. 19.
  • the processor is implemented by executing a computer program stored in the memory.
  • the functions and/or implementation process of the transceiver unit 1710 and the transceiver unit 1810 may also be implemented by pins or circuits.
  • the UE or the network device may also include a storage unit, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the computer device, such as the memory 1930 shown in FIG. 19.
  • Fig. 19 shows a schematic structural diagram of a UE or a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE or network device includes: a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920.
  • the transceiver 1920 can be used to support the UE 300 to receive RNA indication information from the first access network device (such as base station A) before entering the deactivated state, and to support the UE 300 to perform the above step S602 (such as S602-a or S602). -b), S603 (such as S603-a or S603-b), S605 (such as S605-a or S605-b), S1101, S1201, S1208, S1601, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • S602 such as S602-a or S602).
  • S603 such as S603-a or S603-b
  • S605 such as S605-a or S605-b
  • the processor 1910 may be used to support the UE to perform the above steps S1102 and S1202, to support the UE 300 to determine the cell used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 according to the RNA indication information, or to determine the cell used to transmit the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 The cell of the business data, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S601, S602-a, S605-a, S1104, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processor 1910 may be used to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S603-a, S604-a, S1103, S1203, S1206 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S601, S602-b, S605-b, S1603, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processor 1910 may be used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S603-b, S604-b, S1207, S1209, S1602, S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein .
  • the transceiver 1920 can be used to support the AMF unit to perform the above steps S1203, S1204, S1205, S1206, S1604, S1605, S1606, S1607, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the UPF unit to perform the above steps S1204, S1205, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the network device is a third access network device (such as base station C)
  • the transceiver 1920 can be used to support the third access network device (such as base station C) to perform the above steps S1603, S1604, S1607, and/or used in this document Other processes of the described technique.
  • the processor 1910 may be used to support the third access network device (such as the base station C) to perform the above step S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the UE or the network device further includes a memory 1930, and the memory 1930 may store the program codes in the foregoing method embodiments, so that the processor 1910 can call them.
  • the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 can be implemented by chips.
  • the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 can be implemented on the same chip, or they may be implemented on different chips. Or any combination of two functions can be implemented in one chip.
  • the memory 1930 may store program codes, and the processor 1910 calls the program codes stored in the memory 1930 to implement corresponding functions of the UE or network device.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage known in the art Medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the detection device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the detection device.
  • the present application provides a communication system, which includes a UE, an access network device, an AMF unit, and a UPF unit.
  • the communication system is used to implement a data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner provided in this application.
  • the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, any one of the possible The data transmission method used for network slicing in the implementation mode.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the disclosed user equipment and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and device for use in data transmission of a network slice, related to the technical field of radio communication, capable of solving the problem of a UE in a deactivated state being unable to successfully complete an NSSAI service when the cell in which the UE resides does not support the NSSAI service. In the solution provided in the present application, when the transmission of NSSAI service data is required, the UE is capable of successfully completing, on the basis of RNA indication information received thereby used for indicating that one or more cells are capable of supporting the NSSAI service, the transmission of service data of the NSSAI service by accessing a cell supporting the NSSAI service.

Description

用于网络切片的数据传输方法及设备Data transmission method and equipment for network slicing 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法及设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and device for network slicing.
背景技术Background technique
第5代蜂窝式移动通信网络(the fifth generation of cellular mobile communications,5G)出于对网络资源灵活分配、按需组网的考虑,引入了端到端的网络切片(network slicing)。具体的,5G通过在同一套物理设施上虚拟出多个具有不同特点且相互隔离的逻辑子网(即slice),针对性地为用户提供服务。每个slice均由无线网、传输网和核心子网切片组成。通过slice完成的业务可以被称为slice业务(或者网络切片选择支撑信息(network slice selection assistance information,NSSAI)业务)。The fifth generation of cellular mobile communications (5G) has introduced end-to-end network slicing in consideration of flexible allocation of network resources and on-demand networking. Specifically, 5G virtualizes multiple logical subnets (ie slices) with different characteristics and isolated from each other on the same physical facility to provide targeted services to users. Each slice is composed of wireless network, transmission network and core subnet slices. The services completed through slices may be referred to as slice services (or network slice selection assistance information (NSSAI) services).
用户设备(user equipment,UE)通常有三种状态:连接状态(RRC_CONNECTED状态,也称connected状态)、去激活状态(RRC_INACTIVE状态,也称inactive状态)和空闲状态(RRC_IDLE状态,也称idle状态)。其中,当UE处于RRC_CONNECTED状态时,UE驻留在哪个小区对于核心网设备和接入网设备均是可知的。当UE处于RRC_INACTIVE状态时,UE驻留在哪个小区对于核心网设备是可知的,UE在哪个无线接入网通知区(radio access network based notification area,RNA)内对于接入网设备是可知的。其中,RNA中可以包括多个小区的标识。在UE从RRC_CONNECTED状态进入RRC_INACTIVE状态时,接入网设备(如基站)会通过RRC release消息将RNA所包含的小区列表通知UE。UE在RNA范围内的小区中移动时,无需通知接入网设备;如果UE移动到RNA范围外的小区时,则需要通知接入网设备。User equipment (UE) usually has three states: connected state (RRC_CONNECTED state, also called connected state), deactivated state (RRC_INACTIVE state, also called inactive state), and idle state (RRC_IDLE state, also called idle state). Among them, when the UE is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, which cell the UE resides in is known to both the core network device and the access network device. When the UE is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the cell in which the UE resides is known to the core network equipment, and the radio access network based notification area (RNA) of the UE is known to the access network equipment. Among them, the RNA may include the identities of multiple cells. When the UE enters the RRC_INACTIVE state from the RRC_CONNECTED state, the access network device (such as the base station) will notify the UE of the cell list contained in the RNA through an RRC release message. When the UE moves in a cell within the RNA range, it does not need to notify the access network device; if the UE moves to a cell outside the RNA range, it needs to notify the access network device.
常规技术中,不同小区可以支持的NSSAI业务能力不同。例如,同一RNA内的小区A支持slice A业务,而小区B不支持slice A业务。那么当UE在RRC_INACTIVE状态下移动至小区B时,如果有slice A业务的需求,但是小区B不支持该类业务,则UE无法完成该业务。In conventional technologies, the NSSAI service capabilities that can be supported by different cells are different. For example, cell A in the same RNA supports the slice A service, while cell B does not support the slice A service. Then when the UE moves to cell B in the RRC_INACTIVE state, if there is a demand for slice A service, but cell B does not support this type of service, the UE cannot complete the service.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法及设备,能够解决处于去激活状态的UE,在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。This application provides a data transmission method and device for network slicing, which can solve the problem that a UE in a deactivated state cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,该方法包括:UE接收来自第一接入网设备的无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息,该RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的能力;若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,该UE通过第一小区传输该NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,上述第一小区是上述一个或多个小区中的一个,第一小区为支持NSSAI业务的小区。In a first aspect, a data transmission method for network slicing is provided. The method includes: a UE receives RNA indication information from a radio access network notification area of a first access network device, where the RNA indication information is used to indicate one or more Each cell supports the ability of network slice selection to support information NSSAI services; if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; wherein, the first cell is one or more of the above-mentioned cells One, the first cell is a cell that supports NSSAI services.
上述第一方面提供的技术方案,UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以根据 其接收到的用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的RNA指示信息,通过接入支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输。以解决UE在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。According to the technical solution provided by the above-mentioned first aspect, when the UE has NSSAI service data transmission requirements, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service. The cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE接收来自第一接入网设备的RNA指示信息,具体包括:UE通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息从第一接入网设备接收上述RNA指示信息;该RRC release消息包括RNA列表,该RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。UE通过从接入网设备获取包括有一个或多个小区RNA列表以及该RNA列表中每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing UE receiving the RNA indication information from the first access network device specifically includes: the UE receiving the foregoing RNA indication information from the first access network device through a radio resource control release RRC release message; The RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service. The UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若上述UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第一小区所属的接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation, if the aforementioned UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the NSSAI service data through the first cell, including: if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends the NSSAI service transmission requirement to the first cell The access network device to which it belongs sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. Through the above solution, when the UE has a NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly access a cell that supports the NSSAI service to successfully complete the NSSAI service data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first cell is a cell where the UE camps in a deactivated state. The UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务;若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,具体包括:若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE根据RNA指示信息接入第一小区,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第二小区支持NSSAI业务,但是第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned UE resides in the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; if the UE is in the deactivated state There is an NSSAI service transmission requirement. The UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, which specifically includes: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses according to the RNA indication information The first cell enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. The UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell supports the NSSAI service, and determine that the NSSAI service data transmission is completed through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务的小区;本申请提供的方法还包括:若UE在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第二小区传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,第二接入网设备是第二小区所属的接入网设备。若UE需要发起的业务是非NSSAI业务,UE无需考虑其驻留的小区支持NSSAI的能力,可以直接通过其驻留的小区完成非NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; provided by this application The method further includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the non-NSSAI service through the second cell. Service data of the NSSAI service; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs. If the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示UE要传输的业务数据是NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接,并请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device. The network device switches to the second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述传输通道建立在第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备与核心网的用户平面功能UPF单元之间。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
第二方面,提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,该方法包括:第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息;其中,该RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,该一个或多个小区中的至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务。In a second aspect, a data transmission method for network slicing is provided. The method includes: before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE; wherein, the The RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service, and at least one of the one or more cells supports the NSSAI service.
上述第二方面提供的技术方案,第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的RNA指示信息。以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以根据接收到的RNA指示信息,通过接入支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输。以解决UE在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。In the technical solution provided by the above second aspect, before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends to the UE the RNA indication information used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service. So that the UE can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing the cell that supports the NSSAI service according to the received RNA indication information when there is a requirement for NSSAI service data transmission. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送RNA指示信息,具体包括:第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息向UE发送RNA指示信息;该RRC release消息包括RNA列表,该RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,上述RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。接入网设备通过向UE发送包括有一个或多个小区RNA列表以及该RNA列表中每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first access network device sends RNA indication information to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state, which specifically includes: the first access network device transmits wirelessly before the UE enters the deactivated state. The resource control release RRC release message sends RNA indication information to the UE; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein the RNA indication information includes that each cell in the RNA list supports NSSAI services Ability. The access network device sends to the UE the RNA list of one or more cells and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RNA指示信息由第一接入网设备参考从接入和移动管理功能AMF单元处获取的至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务类型的能力信息确定;或者,RNA指示信息由第一接入网设备参考从至少一个接入网设备处获取的至少一个小区支持UE的NSSAI业务的能力信息确定;上述至少一个接入网设备与第一接入网设备之间的距离在预设范围之内。接入网设备可以从核心网设备(如AMF单元)或者其他临近的接入网设备获取至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务类型的能力信息,以确定向UE发送的RNA指示信息,易于实现。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned RNA indication information is determined by the first access network device referring to the ability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type acquired from the access and mobility management function AMF unit; or, the RNA indication information It is determined by the first access network device with reference to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service of the UE obtained from at least one access network device; the distance between the at least one access network device and the first access network device is Within the preset range. The access network device can obtain the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type from the core network device (such as an AMF unit) or other adjacent access network devices to determine the RNA indication information sent to the UE, which is easy to implement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备接收UE在有所述NSSAI业务传输需求时发送的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;该RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第一接入网设备恢复RRC连接;第一接入网设备恢复第一接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第一接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据。In a possible implementation manner, the above method further includes: the first access network device receives a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE when there is a transmission demand for the NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is used for Request to restore the RRC connection with the first access network device; the first access network device restores the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一接入网设备是第一小区的接入网设备;其中,第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区支持NSSAI业务;或者,第一小区不是UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中支持NSSAI业务的小区。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利通过其驻留的支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。或者在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,通过接入另一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing first access network device is an access network device of a first cell; wherein, the first cell is a cell where the UE resides in a deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI services; Alternatively, the first cell is not a cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service among one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. Through the above solution, when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of the NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第三接入网设备或第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the first access network device transmits the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE, the foregoing method further includes: the first access network device connects the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access The network device is switched to the third access network device or the first access network device; where the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets a preset condition.
第三方面,提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,该方法包括:第二接入网设备接收来自UE在去激活状态下的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;该RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接;该RRC连接建立请求消息包括用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息;第二接入网设备根据RRC连接建立请求消息建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第二接入网设备传输所述UE的业务数据。In a third aspect, a data transmission method for network slicing is provided. The method includes: a second access network device receives a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message from a UE in a deactivated state; the RRC connection establishment request message Used to request to establish an RRC connection with the second access network device; the RRC connection establishment request message includes service data used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is network slice selection support information NSSAI service service data or non-NSSAI service service data Information indicating the service transmission requirements of the UE; the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message; the second access network device transmits the service data of the UE .
上述第三方面提供的技术方案,第三接入网设备可以根据来自UE的RRC连接建立请求消息建立与UE之间的RRC连接,以及支持UE完成业务数据的传输。In the technical solution provided by the foregoing third aspect, the third access network device can establish an RRC connection with the UE according to an RRC connection establishment request message from the UE, and support the UE to complete service data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;其中,第一小区是UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区支持NSSAI业务;或者,第一小区不是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区是支持NSSAI业务的小区。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利 通过其驻留的支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。或者在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,通过接入另一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned second access network device is an access network device to which the first cell belongs; wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service. Through the above solution, when the UE has a NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述业务传输需求的指示信息指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是非NSSAI业务的业务数据;所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;在第二接入网设备根据RRC连接建立请求消息建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接之后,上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备根据RRC连接建立请求消息向接入和移动管理功能AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求,用于请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information of the service transmission requirement above indicates that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of a non-NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to The transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message After that, the above method further includes: the second access network device sends a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be accessed from the first The network device switches to the second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;上述传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the foregoing transmission The channel migration request is also used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第二接入网设备传输完所UE的所述业务数据之后,上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道切换至第三接入网设备或者第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,第一接入网设备是UE进入去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the second access network device transmits the service data of the UE, the method further includes: the second access network device switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the first Three access network equipment or the first access network equipment; where the third access network equipment is the access network equipment whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is The last serving access network device before the UE enters the deactivated state.
第四方面,提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,该方法包括:若UE在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第二小区传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,第二接入网设备是第二小区所属的接入网设备。In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method for network slicing is provided. The method includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in a deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request to a second access network device The message enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the non-NSSAI service through the second cell; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
上述第四方面提供的技术方案,若UE需要发起的业务是非NSSAI业务,UE无需考虑其驻留的小区支持NSSAI的能力,可以直接通过其驻留的小区完成非NSSAI业务数据的传输。In the technical solution provided by the above fourth aspect, if the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell in which it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell in which it resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示UE要传输的业务数据是NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指 示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接,并请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device. The network device switches to the second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述传输通道建立在第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备与核心网的用户平面功能UPF单元之间。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
第五方面,提供一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,该方法包括:第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息;该RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力;若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,第一小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中的一个,第一小区为支持NSSAI业务的小区。In a fifth aspect, a data transmission method for network slicing is provided. The method includes: before the UE enters the deactivation state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE; the RNA indication The information is used to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services; if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; where the first cell is one or more indicated by the RNA indication information One of the cells, the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
上述第五方面提供的技术方案,UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以根据其接收到的用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的RNA指示信息,通过接入支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输。以解决UE在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。According to the technical solution provided by the above fifth aspect, when the UE has a NSSAI service data transmission requirement, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service. The cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息,具体包括:第一接入网设备在E进入去激活状态之前,通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息向UE发送RNA指示信息;该RRC release消息包括RNA列表,该RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。UE通过从接入网设备获取包括有一个或多个小区RNA列表以及该RNA列表中每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE, which specifically includes: the first access network device enters in E Before the activation state, the RNA indication information is sent to the UE through the radio resource control release RRC release message; the RRC release message includes the RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes every item in the RNA list. The ability of a cell to support NSSAI services. The UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区;若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;第一接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;第一接入网设备恢复第一接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第一接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state; if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has For NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the first access network device; the first access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the first access network device resumes the first connection The RRC connection between the network access device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE. The UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区;若 UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;第二接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第二接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state; if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has For NSSAI service transmission requirements, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the second access network device establishes the second connection The RRC connection between the network access device and the UE; the second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE. The UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务的小区;若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE根据RNA指示信息接入第一小区;UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;第二接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第二接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第二小区支持NSSAI业务,但是第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services. ; If the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, including: if the UE has an NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses the first cell according to the RNA indication information; the UE transmits to the first cell The second access network device sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message; the second access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs; the second access network device establishes a connection between the second access network device and the UE RRC connection; the second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE. The UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell supports the NSSAI service, and determine that the NSSAI service data transmission is completed through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务;上述方法还包括:若UE在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;第二接入网设备是第二小区所属的接入网设备;第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第二接入网设备传输UE的非NSSAI业务的业务数据。若UE需要发起的业务是非NSSAI业务,UE无需考虑其驻留的小区支持NSSAI的能力,可以直接通过其驻留的小区完成非NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the second cell does not support the NSSAI service; The method further includes: if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the access to which the second cell belongs Network equipment; the second access network equipment establishes an RRC connection between the second access network equipment and the UE; the second access network equipment transmits service data of the UE’s non-NSSAI services. If the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据还是所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: a UE service for indicating whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service Instructions for transmission requirements. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;在第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接之后,上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备根据RRC连接建立请求消息向接入和移动管理功能AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求,用于请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;AMF单元将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; After the second access network device establishes the RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE, the above method further includes: the second access network device sends a transmission to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message The channel migration request is used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the AMF unit switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; The second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设 备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;上述传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;上述方法还包括:AMF单元将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the foregoing transmission The channel migration request is also used to request that the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; the above method further includes: the AMF unit transfers the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network The device switches to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第二接入网设备传输完UE的业务数据之后;上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道切换至第三接入网设备或者第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,第一接入网设备是UE进入去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the second access network device transmits the service data of the UE; the foregoing method further includes: the second access network device switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access Network equipment or the first access network equipment; where the third access network equipment is the access network equipment that the signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is the access network equipment that the UE enters The last service access network device before activation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备将UE切换至第三接入网设备;第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, the above method further includes: the first access network device switches the UE to the third access network device; and the third access network The device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meet a preset condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在UE通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备将UE切换至第三接入网设备或第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,第一接入网设备是UE是所述UE进入所述去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, the above method further includes: the second access network device switches the UE to the third access network device or the first access network Equipment; wherein, the third access network equipment is the access network equipment that the signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets the preset conditions, and the first access network equipment is the UE is the UE enters the deactivated state The last service access network equipment before.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第二接入网设备传输UE的非NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,上述方法还包括:第二接入网设备将UE切换至第三接入网设备或第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,第一接入网设备是UE进入去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the second access network device transmits the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE, the above method further includes: the second access network device switches the UE to the third access network device or the second access network device. An access network device; where the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is the one before the UE enters the deactivated state Finally, serve the access network equipment.
第六方面,提供一种UE,该UE包括:收发单元,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息,该RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的能力;处理单元,用于若UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,确定通过第一小区传输该NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,上述第一小区是上述一个或多个小区中的一个,第一小区为支持NSSAI业务的小区。In a sixth aspect, a UE is provided. The UE includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive RNA indication information from a radio access network notification area from a first access network device, where the RNA indication information is used to indicate that one or more cells support The network slice selects the ability to support information NSSAI services; the processing unit is used to determine if the UE has NSSAI service transmission requirements, determine to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell; wherein, the first cell is one or more of the above-mentioned cells The first cell is a cell that supports NSSAI services.
上述第六方面提供的技术方案,UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以根据其接收到的用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的RNA指示信息,通过接入支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输。以解决UE在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。According to the technical solution provided by the above sixth aspect, when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement, it can access the NSSAI service support based on the RNA indication information it receives to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service. The cell successfully completed the transmission of the service data of the NSSAI service. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述收发单元接收来自第一接入网设备的RNA指示信息,具体包括:收发单元通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息从第一接入网设备接收上述RNA指示信息;该RRC release消息包括RNA列表,该RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。UE通过从接入网设备获取包括有一个或多个小区RNA列表以及该RNA列表中每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the RNA indication information from the first access network device specifically includes: the transceiver unit receives the foregoing RNA indication information from the first access network device through a radio resource control release RRC release message The RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, the RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services. The UE obtains the RNA list of one or more cells from the access network device and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若上述UE有NSSAI业务传输需求,处理单元确定通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,处理单元指示收发单元向第一小区所属的接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,使得UE从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation, if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement, the processing unit determines to transmit the NSSAI service data through the first cell, including: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the processing unit indicates The transceiver unit sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device to which the first cell belongs, so that the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. Through the above solution, when the UE has a NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly access a cell that supports the NSSAI service to successfully complete the NSSAI service data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first cell is a cell where the UE camps in a deactivated state. The UE may support the NSSAI service according to the first cell in which the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, and determine to complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务;若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据,具体包括:若UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE根据RNA指示信息接入第一小区,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。UE可以根据RNA指示信息指示的UE在去激活状态下驻留的第二小区支持NSSAI业务,但是第一小区支持NSSAI业务,确定通过第一小区完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned UE resides in the second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support NSSAI services; if the UE is in the deactivated state There is an NSSAI service transmission requirement. The UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, which specifically includes: if the UE has a NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses according to the RNA indication information The first cell enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. The UE may support the NSSAI service in the second cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state indicated by the RNA indication information, but the first cell supports the NSSAI service, and determine that the NSSAI service data transmission is completed through the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE在去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;第二小区是一个或多个小区中的一个,第二小区不支持NSSAI业务的小区;上述收发单元还用于,若UE在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,使得UE从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第二小区传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,第二接入网设备是第二小区所属的接入网设备。若UE需要发起的业务是非NSSAI业务,UE无需考虑其驻留的小区支持NSSAI的能力,可以直接通过其驻留的小区完成非NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned UE camps on the second cell in a deactivated state; the second cell is one of one or more cells, and the second cell does not support the NSSAI service; the aforementioned transceiver unit also It is used to send a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, so that the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits non-NSSAI services through the second cell. Service data of the NSSAI service; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs. If the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示UE要传输的业务数据是NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接,并请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网 设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device. The network device switches to the second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述传输通道建立在第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备与核心网的用户平面功能UPF单元之间。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
第七方面,一种第一接入网设备,该第一接入网设备包括:收发单元,用于在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息;其中,该RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,该一个或多个小区中的至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务。In a seventh aspect, a first access network device, the first access network device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send RNA indication information of a radio access network notification area to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state; wherein, The RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the NSSAI service, and at least one of the one or more cells supports the NSSAI service.
上述第七方面提供的技术方案,第一接入网设备在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的RNA指示信息。以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以根据接收到的RNA指示信息,通过接入支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输。以解决UE在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,无法顺利完成NSSAI业务的问题。In the technical solution provided by the seventh aspect, the first access network device sends to the UE RNA indication information used to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services before the UE enters the deactivated state. So that the UE can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing the cell that supports the NSSAI service according to the received RNA indication information when there is a requirement for NSSAI service data transmission. In order to solve the problem that the UE cannot successfully complete the NSSAI service when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述收发单元在UE进入去激活状态之前,向UE发送RNA指示信息,具体包括:收发单元在UE进入去激活状态之前,通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息向UE发送RNA指示信息;该RRC release消息包括RNA列表,该RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,上述RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。接入网设备通过向UE发送包括有一个或多个小区RNA列表以及该RNA列表中每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力,以便UE在有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利接入一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above transceiver unit sends RNA indication information to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state, which specifically includes: the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the UE through the radio resource control release before the UE enters the deactivated state. Send RNA indication information; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein the above RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services. The access network device sends to the UE the RNA list of one or more cells and the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service, so that the UE can smoothly access a NSSAI service when there is a need for NSSAI service data transmission In order to successfully complete the transmission of NSSAI business data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一接入网设备还包括:处理单元,用于参考从接入和移动管理功能AMF单元处获取的至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务类型的能力信息确定上述RNA指示信息;或者,参考从至少一个接入网设备处获取的至少一个小区支持UE的NSSAI业务的能力信息确定RNA指示信息上述至少一个接入网设备与第一接入网设备之间的距离在预设范围之内。接入网设备可以从核心网设备(如AMF单元)或者其他临近的接入网设备获取至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务类型的能力信息,以确定向UE发送的RNA指示信息,易于实现。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing first access network device further includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the foregoing RNA by referring to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type obtained from the access and mobility management function AMF unit Indication information; or, referring to the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service of the UE obtained from at least one access network device to determine the RNA indication information, the distance between the at least one access network device and the first access network device is Within the preset range. The access network device can obtain the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type from the core network device (such as an AMF unit) or other adjacent access network devices to determine the RNA indication information sent to the UE, which is easy to implement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述收发单元还用于,接收UE在有所述NSSAI业务传输需求时发送的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;该RRC连接建立请求消息 用于请求与第一接入网设备恢复RRC连接;第一接入网设备恢复第一接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;第一接入网设备传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transceiver unit is further configured to receive a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE when there is a transmission demand for the NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is used to request communication with the first The access network device restores the RRC connection; the first access network device restores the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE; the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一接入网设备是第一小区的接入网设备;其中,第一小区是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区支持NSSAI业务;或者,第一小区不是UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中支持NSSAI业务的小区。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利通过其驻留的支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。或者在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,通过接入另一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing first access network device is an access network device of a first cell; wherein, the first cell is a cell where the UE resides in a deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI services; Alternatively, the first cell is not a cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service among one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. Through the above solution, when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of the NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述处理单元还用于,在上述收发单元传输UE的NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第三接入网设备或第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the above processing unit is further configured to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the third access after the above transceiver unit transmits the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE. Network equipment or first access network equipment; where the third access network equipment is an access network equipment whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets a preset condition.
第八方面,提供一种第二接入网设备,该第二接入网设备包括:收发单元,用于接收来自UE在去激活状态下的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;该RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接;该RRC连接建立请求消息包括用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息;处理单元,用于根据RRC连接建立请求消息建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接;上述收发单元还用于,传输UE的业务数据。In an eighth aspect, a second access network device is provided. The second access network device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message from a UE in a deactivated state; the RRC connection establishment The request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device; the RRC connection establishment request message includes the service data used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is network slice selection support information NSSAI service service data or non-NSSAI service Indication information of the UE’s service transmission requirements for service data; a processing unit, used to establish an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message; the above transceiver unit is also used to transmit the UE’s service data .
上述第八方面提供的技术方案,第三接入网设备可以根据来自UE的RRC连接建立请求消息建立与UE之间的RRC连接,以及支持UE完成业务数据的传输。In the technical solution provided by the above eighth aspect, the third access network device can establish an RRC connection with the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message from the UE, and support the UE to complete service data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;其中,第一小区是UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区支持NSSAI业务;或者,第一小区不是UE在去激活状态下驻留的小区,第一小区是支持NSSAI业务的小区。通过上述方案,UE在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,可以顺利通过其驻留的支持NSSAI业务的小区顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。或者在其驻留的小区不支持NSSAI业务时,通过接入另一个支持NSSAI业务的小区,以顺利完成NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned second access network device is an access network device to which the first cell belongs; wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the cell where the UE resides in the deactivated state, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service. Through the above solution, when the UE has an NSSAI service data transmission requirement in the deactivated state, it can smoothly complete the NSSAI service data transmission through the cell supporting the NSSAI service where it resides. Or when the cell where it resides does not support the NSSAI service, it can successfully complete the transmission of the NSSAI service data by accessing another cell that supports the NSSAI service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述业务传输需求的指示信息指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是非NSSAI业务的业务数据;所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;在第二接入网设备根据RRC连接建立请求消息建立第二接入网设备与UE之间的RRC连接之后,上述收发单元还用于,根据RRC连接建立请求消息向接入和移动管理功能AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求,用于请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一 接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information of the service transmission requirement above indicates that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of a non-NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to The transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; the second access network device establishes an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message After that, the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to send a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message, for requesting to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to The second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述UE的NSSAI业务包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二业务类型的NSSAI业务;其中,第一业务类型是UE进入去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型;第二业务类型是UE还未处理过、但需要处理的NSSAI业务类型。通过灵活的业务分类,可以保证UE有不同类型的NSSAI业务传输需求时,均可以通过本申请提供的方法顺利完成不同类型NSSAI业务数据的传输。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned NSSAI service of the UE includes: the NSSAI service of the first service type and/or the NSSAI service of the second service type; where the first service type is processed before the UE enters the deactivated state NSSAI service type; the second service type is the NSSAI service type that the UE has not processed but needs to be processed. Through flexible service classification, it can be ensured that when the UE has different types of NSSAI service transmission requirements, the method provided in this application can smoothly complete the transmission of different types of NSSAI service data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备;上述传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device; the foregoing transmission The channel migration request is also used to request to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第二接入网设备传输完所UE的所述业务数据之后,上述处理单元还用于,将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道切换至第三接入网设备或者第一接入网设备;其中,第三接入网设备是UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,第一接入网设备是UE进入去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the second access network device transmits the service data of the UE, the processing unit is further configured to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access network Device or first access network device; wherein, the third access network device is the access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is the UE entering and deactivating The last service access network device before the state.
第九方面,提供一种UE,该UE包括:收发单元,用于若UE在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从去激活状态进入连接状态,通过第二小区传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据;其中,第二接入网设备是第二小区所属的接入网设备。In a ninth aspect, a UE is provided. The UE includes a transceiver unit, configured to send a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to a second access network device if the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in a deactivated state, and The deactivated state enters the connected state, and the service data of the non-NSSAI service is transmitted through the second cell; where the second access network device is the access network device to which the second cell belongs.
上述第九方面提供的技术方案,若UE需要发起的业务是非NSSAI业务,UE无需考虑其驻留的小区支持NSSAI的能力,可以直接通过其驻留的小区完成非NSSAI业务数据的传输。In the technical solution provided by the above-mentioned ninth aspect, if the service that the UE needs to initiate is a non-NSSAI service, the UE does not need to consider the ability of the cell where it resides to support NSSAI, and can directly complete the transmission of non-NSSAI service data through the cell where it resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:用于指示UE要传输的业务数据是NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据的UE的业务传输需求的指示信息。通过在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,以便接入网设备可以根据UE要发起业务的类型完成后续的通道迁移。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service. By carrying the indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE in the RRC connection establishment request message, the access network device can complete the subsequent channel migration according to the type of service to be initiated by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与第二接入网设备建立RRC连接,并请求第二接入网设备将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。在UE有非NSSAI业务数据传输需求时,UE可以通过RRC连接建立请求消息请求建立RRC连接,以及请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至对应的接入网设备,完成UE到接入网设备,以及接入网设备到核心网设备之间的非NSSAI业务传输通道的建立。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device, and to request the second access network device to access the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device. The network device switches to the second access network device. When the UE has non-NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the UE can request the establishment of an RRC connection through the RRC connection establishment request message, and request the transfer of the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the corresponding access network device to complete the UE to the access network device , And the establishment of the non-NSSAI service transmission channel between the access network equipment and the core network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求第二接入网设备将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。为了保证 网络的稳定性,即使UE没有NSSAI业务数据传输需求,接入网设备也可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道与非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE驻留的小区所属的基站。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device. In order to ensure the stability of the network, even if the UE has no NSSAI service data transmission requirements, the access network equipment can also migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell where the UE resides.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述传输通道建立在第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备与核心网的用户平面功能UPF单元之间。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF unit of the core network.
第十方面,提供一种UE,该UE包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括指令;射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;处理器,用于执行上述指令,使得UE执行第一方面或第四方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In a tenth aspect, a UE is provided. The UE includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting and receiving wireless signals; and a processor for executing the above instructions , Enabling the UE to execute the data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十一方面,提供一种第一接入网设备,该第一接入网设备包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括指令;射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;处理器,用于执行上述指令,使得UE执行第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In an eleventh aspect, a first access network device is provided. The first access network device includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting wireless signals And receiving; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing instructions, so that the UE executes the data transmission method for network slicing in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种第二接入网设备,该第二接入网设备包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括指令;射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;处理器,用于执行上述指令,使得UE执行第三方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In a twelfth aspect, a second access network device is provided. The second access network device includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions; and a radio frequency circuit for transmitting wireless signals And receiving; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing instructions, so that the UE executes the data transmission method for network slicing in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
第十三方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:第六方面或第十方面任一种可能的实现方式中的UE,第二方面或第十一方面任一种可能的实现方式中的第一接入网设备。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, the communication system includes: a UE in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the tenth aspect, and in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect or the eleventh aspect The first access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信系统还包括第七方面或第十二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的第二接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the communication system further includes the second access network device in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect or the twelfth aspect.
第十四方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机执行指令,该计算机执行指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面或第五方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the A data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect.
第十五方面,提供一种提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器、存储器,存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时,实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面或第五方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a fifteenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the A data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
第十六方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面或第五方面任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, which when it runs on a computer, enables implementation of any one of the possible implementation manners of the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth aspect The data transmission method used for network slicing.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络架构图;FIG. 1 is a diagram of a communication network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种网络切片服务架构图;Figure 2 is a diagram of a network slicing service architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种UE处于连接状态、去激活状态和空闲状态下基 站侧保留的协议栈结构图;Figure 5 is a structural diagram of a protocol stack reserved on the base station side when the UE is in a connected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图一;FIG. 6 is an interaction diagram 1 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种UE通过RNA列表中的小区接入核心网的两种示例图;FIG. 7 is a diagram of two examples of a UE accessing a core network through a cell in an RNA list according to an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种UE通过RNA列表中的小区接入核心网的三种示例图;FIG. 8 is a diagram of three examples of a UE accessing a core network through a cell in an RNA list according to an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种RNA指示信息示例图;FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种RNA指示信息示例图;FIG. 10 is a diagram of another example of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图11为本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图二;FIG. 11 is an interaction diagram 2 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图三;FIG. 12 is an interaction diagram 3 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种非NSSAI业务传输场景下的传输通道迁移示例图;FIG. 13 is an example diagram of transmission channel migration in a non-NSSAI service transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图四;FIG. 14 is an interaction diagram 4 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种非NSSAI业务传输场景下的传输通道迁移示例图;15 is an example diagram of transmission channel migration in another non-NSSAI service transmission scenario provided by an embodiment of the application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图五;16 is an interaction diagram 5 of a data transmission method for network slicing provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的的结构框图;FIG. 17 is a structural block diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的的结构框图;FIG. 18 is a structural block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种UE/网络设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE/network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可以适用但不限于以下通信系统:窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things,NB-IoT)系统、无线局域网(wireless local access network,WLAN)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems,5G)也称为新空口(new radio,NR)系统、或者5G之后的通信系统,例如6G系统、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信系统、车联网等。The embodiments of this application are applicable but not limited to the following communication systems: narrowband-internet of things (NB-IoT) system, wireless local access network (WLAN) system, long term evolution (LTE) ) System, the fifth generation of mobile networks (5th generation mobile networks or 5G), also known as new radio (NR) systems, or communication systems after 5G, such as 6G systems, device-to-device (device-to-device) to device, D2D) communication system, car networking, etc.
请参考图1,图1示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络架构图。其中,图1以5G系统的网络服务架构为例展示了网络功能和实体之间的交互关系以及对应的接口,该5G系统的3GPP基于服务的网络架构(service-based architecture,SBA)包含的网络功能和实体主要包括:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入网(access network,AN)或无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)、数据网络(data network,DN)、接入管理功能(access management function,AMF)、会话管理功能SMF、认证服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF)、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、应用功能(application function,AF)、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)和网络存储功能(NF repository function,NRF)。Please refer to FIG. 1, which shows a communication network architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, Figure 1 uses the network service architecture of the 5G system as an example to show the interaction between network functions and entities and the corresponding interfaces. The 3GPP service-based architecture (SBA) of the 5G system includes the network Functions and entities mainly include: user equipment (UE), access network (AN) or radio access network (RAN), user plane function (UPF), data network (data network, DN), access management function (AMF), session management function SMF, authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), policy control function (PCF), application function (application function, AF), network slice selection function (NSSF), unified data management (UDM), network exposure function (NEF) and network storage function (NF repository function, NRF) .
其中,UE、AN/RAN、UPF和DN一般被称为用户面网络功能和实体(或者用户 面网元),其他的部分则一般被称为控制面网络功能和实体(或者控制面网元)。控制面网元由3GPP定义了在一个网络里的处理功能,控制面网元具有3GPP定义的功能行为和3GPP定义的接口,网络功能能够作为一个运行在专有硬件上的网络元素,或者运行在专有硬件上的软件实例,或者在一个合适平台上进行实例化的虚拟功能,比如在一个云基础设备被实施。Among them, UE, AN/RAN, UPF and DN are generally called user plane network functions and entities (or user plane network elements), and the other parts are generally called control plane network functions and entities (or control plane network elements) . Control plane network elements are defined by 3GPP for processing functions in a network. Control plane network elements have 3GPP-defined functional behaviors and 3GPP-defined interfaces. The network function can be used as a network element running on proprietary hardware, or running on Software instances on proprietary hardware, or virtual functions instantiated on a suitable platform, such as being implemented on a cloud infrastructure device.
下面对各个网元的主要功能做具体介绍。The main functions of each network element are described in detail below.
AN/RAN:AN/RAN可以是各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站,微基站(也称为“小站”),分散单元-控制单元(distribute unit-control unit,DU-CU)等,其中,DU-CU是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和UE进行无线通信的设备。另外,上述基站还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的网络设备等。AN/RAN也可以是宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway,BNG),汇聚交换机,非3GPP接入设备等。AN/RAN主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、上下行数据分类、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密、与控制面网元完成信令处理或与用户面功能网元完成数据转发等功能。本申请实施例对AN/RAN的具体形态和结构不做限定。如,在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如,基站可以是LTE中的演进型通用陆地无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)设备,如演进型节点B(evolutional NodeB,eNB或e-NodeB),也可以是5G系统中的下一代无线接入网(next generation radio access network,NG-RAN)设备(如gNB)等。AN/RAN: AN/RAN can be base stations in various forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called "small stations"), distributed unit-control units (DU-CU), etc., Among them, the DU-CU is a device that is deployed in a radio access network and can communicate with the UE wirelessly. In addition, the aforementioned base station may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, or a public land mobile network (public land mobile network) that will evolve in the future. land mobile network, PLMN) network equipment, etc. in the network. AN/RAN can also be a broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), convergence switch, non-3GPP access equipment, etc. AN/RAN is mainly responsible for radio resource management on the air interface side, uplink and downlink data classification, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption, and completion of signaling processing with control plane network elements or completion with user plane function network elements Data forwarding and other functions. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific form and structure of AN/RAN. For example, in systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with base station functions may be different. For example, the base station can be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) equipment in LTE, such as an evolved NodeB (evolutional NodeB, eNB or e-NodeB), or it can be 5G The next generation radio access network (NG-RAN) equipment (such as gNB) in the system, etc.
UPF:主要负责分组路由和转发,以及用户面数据的QoS处理或计费信息统计等。UPF中为UE提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF管理和控制。具体的,UPF的功能有:1)本系统/异系统移动性锚点;2)与外部数据网络对接的PDN会话节点;3)数据包路由/转发,可以从DN接收用户数据,通过(R)AN传输给UE,UPF还可以通过(R)AN从UE接收用户数据,转发到DN,UPF网元中为UE提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF管理控制;4)策略规则执行用户面部分以及数据包侦测;5)流量使用报告;6)上行分类支持业务流路由到外部数据网络;7)支持多连接PDU会话的分叉点;8)用户面的QoS处理,例如包过滤,上下行限流,选择通过;9)上行业务校验;10)上下行传输层数据包标记;11)下行数据包缓存和触发下行数据指示。UPF: Mainly responsible for packet routing and forwarding, as well as QoS processing of user plane data or accounting information statistics. The transmission resources and scheduling functions that provide services for the UE in the UPF are managed and controlled by the SMF. Specifically, the functions of UPF include: 1) Mobility anchor point of this system/different system; 2) PDN session node connecting with external data network; 3) Data packet routing/forwarding, which can receive user data from DN and pass (R ) AN transmits to UE, UPF can also receive user data from UE through (R) AN, and forward it to DN. The transmission resources and scheduling functions of UPF network element for UE are managed and controlled by SMF; 4) Policy rule execution user plane Part and data packet detection; 5) Traffic usage report; 6) Uplink classification supports service flow routing to external data networks; 7) Supports bifurcation points of multi-connection PDU sessions; 8) User plane QoS processing, such as packet filtering, Uplink and downlink current limiting, select to pass; 9) Uplink service verification; 10) Uplink and downlink transmission layer data packet marking; 11) Downlink data packet buffer and trigger downlink data indication.
DN:DN是用于传输数据的网络。例如:DN可以是运营商服务网络、互联网接入或第三方服务网络等。DN可以通过PDU会话与UE进行信息交互。其中,PDU会话可以分为多种类型,如互联网协议版本4(internet protocol version 4,IPv4)、IPv6等。DN: DN is the network used to transmit data. For example, the DN can be an operator service network, Internet access, or a third-party service network. The DN can exchange information with the UE through the PDU session. Among them, PDU sessions can be divided into multiple types, such as Internet protocol version 4 (IPv4), IPv6, and so on.
AMF:主要负责控制面消息的处理,例如:接入控制、移动性管理、合法监听、接入鉴权/授权等。具体的,AMF的功能主要有:1)对接入网控制面进行处理;2)对NAS消息进行处理,负责NAS加密和完整性保护;3)注册管理;4)连接管理;5)接入性管理;6)移动性管理;7)合法信息截获;8)在UE与SMF之间提供会话管理消息;9)对于路由的会话管理(SM)消息实现透传,类似透传代理;10)接入鉴权; 11)接入授权;12)在UE与短消息服务功能SMSF之间转发SMS消息(短消息);13)与AUSF和UE交互,获得UE鉴权中间密钥;14)计算接入网络的特定密钥。AMF: Mainly responsible for the processing of control plane messages, such as: access control, mobility management, lawful interception, access authentication/authorization, etc. Specifically, the functions of AMF mainly include: 1) processing the access network control plane; 2) processing NAS messages, responsible for NAS encryption and integrity protection; 3) registration management; 4) connection management; 5) access 6) Mobility management; 7) Legal information interception; 8) Provide session management messages between UE and SMF; 9) Realize transparent transmission of routed session management (SM) messages, similar to transparent transmission proxy; 10) Access authentication; 11) Access authorization; 12) Forward SMS messages (short messages) between UE and SMSF; 13) Interact with AUSF and UE to obtain UE authentication intermediate key; 14) Calculation A specific key to access the network.
SMF:主要用于会话管理,UE的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理,选择可管理用户平面功能,策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点,下行数据通知等。具体的,SMF的主要功能有:1)会话管理,会话建立,修改和释放,包括对于UPF与AN节点之间的通道维护;2)UE IP地址分配和管理;3)选择并且控制用户面功能;4)在UPF上配置正确业务路由;5)策略控制功能的落地执行;6)策略执行与QoS的控制部分;7)合法截获;8)处理NAS消息中的会话管理部分;9)下行数据指示;10)发起接入网的特定会话管理信息(通过AMF路由);11)决定会话中与服务连续性的模式;12)漫游功能。SMF: Mainly used for session management, UE's Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, downlink data notifications, etc. Specifically, the main functions of SMF are: 1) Session management, session establishment, modification and release, including channel maintenance between UPF and AN nodes; 2) UE IP address allocation and management; 3) Selection and control of user plane functions 4) Configure correct service routing on UPF; 5) Landing execution of policy control function; 6) Control part of policy execution and QoS; 7) Legal interception; 8) Process session management part in NAS message; 9) Downlink data Instruction; 10) Initiate specific session management information of the access network (routed via AMF); 11) Determine the mode of continuity with the service in the session; 12) Roaming function.
PCF:主要用于向UE,AMF或SMF分别提供UE策略规则,AM策略规则以及SM策略规则相关的参数,管理用户订阅信息,对接UDM以访问与策略决策相关的订阅用户信息等。PCF一般根据签约信息等进行策略的决策。PCF: Mainly used to provide UE policy rules, AM policy rules and SM policy rules related parameters to UE, AMF or SMF respectively, manage user subscription information, and connect to UDM to access subscription user information related to policy decisions. PCF generally makes strategic decisions based on contract information and so on.
NRF:主要用于提供内部/外部寻址功能,接收其他网元对某类网元的查询请求并返回相关网元的信息等。NRF: Mainly used to provide internal/external addressing functions, receive query requests from other network elements for a certain type of network element, and return information about related network elements, etc.
AUSF:主要负责网络安全,用于产生密钥,实现对于UE的双向鉴权,支持统一的鉴权框架。AUSF: Mainly responsible for network security, used to generate keys, realize two-way authentication for the UE, and support a unified authentication framework.
AF:用于提供服务,主要用于:1)对于业务路由的应用影响;2)访问网络能力曝光;3)与策略框架交互进行策略管控。AF: used to provide services, mainly used for: 1) application impact on business routing; 2) exposure of network access capabilities; 3) interaction with policy framework for policy control.
NSSF:主要用于网络切片实例(network slice instance,NSI)的选择和管理,确定允许的网络切片信息与使用的网络切片信息的映射,以及确定已配置的网络切片信息与已订阅的网络切片信息的映射。NSSF: Mainly used for network slice instance (network slice instance, NSI) selection and management, to determine the mapping between allowed network slice information and used network slice information, and to determine configured network slice information and subscribed network slice information Mapping.
NEF:是网络内部与外部实体进行信息双向交互的接口网元,同时也是内部信息分发汇总的逻辑单元,主要包含三种能力:监控能力、供给能力、策略/计费能力;其中,监控能力主要指对UE的特殊事件的监控,并将监控信息向外输出,例如可以通过NEF输出UE位置信息,接续性,漫游状态,连接保持性等;供给能力指外部实体可以通过NEF提供信息以供UE使用,这些信息可以包括移动性管理以及会话管理信息,例如周期通信时间、通信持续时间、调度通信时间;策略/计费能力指外部实体通过NEF传递需求用来处理QoS以及计费策略。NEF: It is the interface network element for two-way information interaction between the network and external entities. It is also a logical unit for internal information distribution and aggregation. It mainly includes three capabilities: monitoring capabilities, supply capabilities, and strategy/billing capabilities; among them, the monitoring capabilities are mainly Refers to the monitoring of special events of the UE and output of monitoring information. For example, it can output UE location information, connectivity, roaming status, connection retention, etc. through NEF; supply capability means that external entities can provide information through NEF for UE Used, this information can include mobility management and session management information, such as periodic communication time, communication duration, and scheduled communication time; policy/charging capability refers to external entities passing requirements through NEF to process QoS and charging policies.
UDM:由两部分构成,一部分叫应用前端(FE),另一部分叫用户数据仓库(UDR);应用前端主要用于:1)鉴权信用处理;2)用户标识处理;3)访问授权;4)注册/移动性管理;5)订阅管理;6)短消息管理。UDM: consists of two parts, one is called the application front end (FE), and the other is called the user data warehouse (UDR); the application front end is mainly used for: 1) authentication and credit processing; 2) user identification processing; 3) access authorization; 4 ) Registration/mobility management; 5) Subscription management; 6) Short message management.
其中,待传输数据可以通过UE和DN之间建立的PDU会话(即说明书中所述的通信承载)进行传输,传输会经过(R)AN和UPF这两个网络功能实体,UE和(R)AN之间采用某种空口技术相互通信,N1为UE和AMF之间的接口点,N2为(R)AN和AMF之间的接口点,N3为(R)AN和UPF之间的接口,N4为SMF和UPF之间的接口,N6为UPF为DN之间的接口;Namf为AMF展现的基于服务的接口,Nsmf为SMF展现的基于服务的接口,Nausf为AUSF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnssf为NSSF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnef为NEF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnrf为NRF展现的基于服 务的接口,Npcf为PCF展现的基于服务的接口,Nudm为UDM展现的基于服务的接口,Naf为AF展现的基于服务的接口。Among them, the data to be transmitted can be transmitted through the PDU session established between the UE and the DN (that is, the communication bearer described in the specification), and the transmission will pass through two network functional entities (R)AN and UPF, UE and (R) An air interface technology is used to communicate between ANs. N1 is the interface point between UE and AMF, N2 is the interface point between (R)AN and AMF, N3 is the interface between (R)AN and UPF, and N4 It is the interface between SMF and UPF, N6 is UPF is the interface between DN; Namf is the service-based interface displayed by AMF, Nsmf is the service-based interface displayed by SMF, Nausf is the service-based interface displayed by AUSF, Nnssf It is the service-based interface displayed by NSSF, Nnef is the service-based interface displayed by NEF, Nnrf is the service-based interface displayed by NRF, Npcf is the service-based interface displayed by PCF, Nudm is the service-based interface displayed by UDM, Naf Service-based interface presented for AF.
可以理解,随着移动通信技术的发展,各类新业务以及应用场景不断涌现,这些业务对网络功能、连接性能及安全性等方面的需求存在很大的差别。如果利用单一网络去承载这些业务,将很难同时满足高带宽、低时延、高可靠性等需求。另外,为每种业务单独新建网络又会带来巨大的成本。这就要求5G在具备灵活、可拓展性的同时,能够满足不同的业务需求。为此,5G通过端到端的网络切片(network slice)为用户提供定制化的网络服务,通过对网络资源的灵活分配、按需组网,5G在同一套物理设施上虚拟出多个具有不同特点且相互隔离的逻辑子网,来针对性地为用户提供服务,即Slice。It can be understood that with the development of mobile communication technology, various new services and application scenarios continue to emerge, and these services have very different requirements for network functions, connection performance, and security. If a single network is used to carry these services, it will be difficult to meet the requirements of high bandwidth, low latency, and high reliability at the same time. In addition, building a separate network for each business will bring huge costs. This requires 5G to meet different business needs while being flexible and scalable. To this end, 5G provides users with customized network services through end-to-end network slices. Through the flexible allocation of network resources and on-demand networking, 5G virtualizes multiple physical facilities with different characteristics on the same set of physical facilities. And separate logical subnets to provide targeted services to users, that is, Slice.
本申请实施例提供的方案主要用于基于网络切片的网络架构。以基于网络切片的5G系统通信网络架构图为例。本申请实施例提供的方案所适用的通信系统可以包括UE、接入网(access network,AN)或无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)和多个网络切片。请参考图2,图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络切片通信系统架构图。如图2所示,网络切片通信系统可以包括UE、基站(即AN/RAN)、UPF、DN(如DN1和DN2)、AMF、SMF、PCF、NSSF和NRF。The solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is mainly used for a network architecture based on network slicing. Take the 5G system communication network architecture diagram based on network slicing as an example. The communication system to which the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable may include a UE, an access network (AN) or a radio access network (RAN), and multiple network slices. Please refer to FIG. 2, which shows an architecture diagram of a network slicing communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the network slice communication system may include UE, base station (ie AN/RAN), UPF, DN (such as DN1 and DN2), AMF, SMF, PCF, NSSF and NRF.
基于上述用户面网元和控制面网元,为了可以虚拟出多个相互隔离的逻辑子网,包括slice#1、slice#2和slice#3。如图2所示,slice#1由UE、基站、AMF、PCF#1、NRF#1、SMF#1、PCF#1和UPF#1构成。slice#2由UE、基站、AMF、PCF#2、NRF#2、SMF#2、PCF#2和UPF#2构成。slice#3由UE、基站、AMF、PCF#3、NRF#3、SMF#3、PCF#3和UPF#3构成。其中,PCF#1、PCF#2和PCF#3是基于PCF虚拟出的相互隔离的网络切片。NRF#1、NRF#2和NRF#3是基于NRF虚拟出的相互隔离的网络切片。SMF#1、SMF#2和SMF#3是基于SMF虚拟出的相互隔离的网络切片。PCF#1、PCF#2和PCF#3是基于PCF虚拟出的相互隔离的网络切片。UPF#1、UPF#2和UPF#3是基于UPF虚拟出的相互隔离的网络切片。slice#1、slice#2和slice#3可以作为相互独立的通道,为对移动性、计费、安全、策略控制、延时、可靠性等方面有不同要求的业务提供服务。Based on the above-mentioned user plane network elements and control plane network elements, in order to virtualize multiple mutually isolated logical subnets, including slice#1, slice#2, and slice#3. As shown in Figure 2, slice#1 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#1, NRF#1, SMF#1, PCF#1, and UPF#1. slice#2 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#2, NRF#2, SMF#2, PCF#2, and UPF#2. slice#3 is composed of UE, base station, AMF, PCF#3, NRF#3, SMF#3, PCF#3, and UPF#3. Among them, PCF#1, PCF#2, and PCF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized based on PCF. NRF#1, NRF#2, and NRF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by NRF. SMF#1, SMF#2, and SMF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by SMF. PCF#1, PCF#2, and PCF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by PCF. UPF#1, UPF#2, and UPF#3 are isolated network slices virtualized by UPF. Slice#1, slice#2, and slice#3 can be used as independent channels to provide services for services with different requirements for mobility, billing, security, policy control, delay, and reliability.
本申请中的UE可以是具有无线连接功能的桌面型设备、膝上型设备、手持型设备、可穿戴设备、智能家居设备、计算设备和车载型设备等。例如,上网本、平板电脑、智能手表、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、智能相机、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、便携式多媒体播放器(portable multimedia player,PMP)、AR(增强现实)/VR(虚拟现实)设备、飞行器上的无线设备、机器人上的无线设备、工业控制中的无线设备、远程医疗中的无线设备、智能电网中的无线设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线设备等。或者UE还可以是窄带(narrow band,NB)技术中的无线设备等。The UE in this application may be a desktop device, a laptop device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a smart home device, a computing device, a vehicle-mounted device, etc., with wireless connection function. For example, netbooks, tablet computers, smart watches, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), smart cameras, netbooks, personal digital assistants (PDAs), portable multimedia players (PMPs) ), AR (augmented reality)/VR (virtual reality) devices, wireless devices on aircraft, wireless devices on robots, wireless devices in industrial control, wireless devices in telemedicine, wireless devices in smart grids, smart cities Wireless devices in the (smart city), wireless devices in the smart home (smart home), etc. Or the UE may also be a wireless device in narrowband (narrowband, NB) technology.
本申请中的UE还可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop, WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请对UE的具体类型和结构等不作限定。The UE in this application can also refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, and a wireless communication device , User agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) For terminal equipment or terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., the specific type and structure of the UE are not limited in this application.
此外,在本申请中,UE还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in this application, UE can also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to achieve human-machine interconnection. An intelligent network of interconnected things. The IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power-saving terminals through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
请参考图3,图3示出了一种UE的硬件结构示意图。如图3所示,UE 300具体可以包括:处理器301、射频电路302、存储器303、触摸屏304、蓝牙装置305、一个或多个传感器306、Wi-Fi装置307、定位装置308、音频电路309、外设接口310、电源装置311、指纹采集器件312、扬声器313和麦克风314等部件。这些部件可通过一根或多根通信总线或信号线(图3中未示出)进行通信。本领域技术人员可以理解,图3中示出的硬件结构并不构成对UE 300的限定,UE 300可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Please refer to FIG. 3, which shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a UE. As shown in Fig. 3, the UE 300 may specifically include: a processor 301, a radio frequency circuit 302, a memory 303, a touch screen 304, a Bluetooth device 305, one or more sensors 306, a Wi-Fi device 307, a positioning device 308, and an audio circuit 309 , Peripheral interface 310, power supply device 311, fingerprint acquisition device 312, speaker 313, microphone 314 and other components. These components can communicate through one or more communication buses or signal lines (not shown in Figure 3). Those skilled in the art can understand that the hardware structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the UE 300, and the UE 300 may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or different component arrangements. .
下面结合图3对UE 300的各个部件进行具体的介绍:The following describes each component of UE 300 in detail with reference to Figure 3:
处理器301是UE 300的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接UE 300的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器303内的应用客户端程序(以下可以简称App),以及调用存储在存储器303内的数据,执行UE 300的各种功能和处理数据。在一些实施例中,处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU;举例来说,处理器301可以是麒麟260芯片。The processor 301 is the control center of the UE 300. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect to the various parts of the UE 300. It runs or executes the application client program (hereinafter referred to as App) stored in the memory 303, and calls the application stored in the memory 303. The data inside performs various functions of the UE 300 and processes data. In some embodiments, the processor 301 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for control For the integrated circuit executed by the program program of the present application, the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs; for example, the processor 301 may be a Kirin 260 chip.
射频电路302可用于在收发信息或通话过程中,无线信号的接收和发送。特别地,射频电路302可以将基站的下行数据接收后,给处理器301处理;另外,将涉及上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频电路302还可以通过无线通信和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。The radio frequency circuit 302 can be used to receive and send wireless signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. In particular, the radio frequency circuit 302 may receive the downlink data of the base station and send it to the processor 301 for processing; in addition, it may send the uplink data to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency circuit includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency circuit 302 can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
存储器303用于存储应用程序以及数据,存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。处理器301 通过运行存储在存储器303的应用程序以及数据,执行UE 300的各种功能以及数据处理。存储器303主要包括存储程序区以及存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等);存储数据区可以存储根据使用UE 300时所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)。其中,存储器303可以存储用于实现两个模块化功能的指令:接收指令和连接指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。此外,存储器303可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失存储器,例如磁盘存储器件、闪存器件或其他易失性固态存储器件等。存储器303可以存储各种操作系统,例如,iOS操作系统,Android操作系统等。The memory 303 is used to store application programs and data. The memory 303 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions. Random access memory (RAM) ) Or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions. They can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory, CD -ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures The form of the desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer, but not limited to this. The processor 301 executes various functions and data processing of the UE 300 by running application programs and data stored in the memory 303. The memory 303 mainly includes a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store the operating system and at least one application program required by at least one function (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.); the storage data area can store Data created at 300 hours (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). The memory 303 may store instructions for implementing two modular functions: receiving instructions and connection instructions, and the processor 301 controls the execution. The processor 301 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application. In addition, the memory 303 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as a magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 303 can store various operating systems, for example, an iOS operating system, an Android operating system, and so on.
UE 300还可以包括至少一个或多个传感器306,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节触摸屏304的显示器的亮度,接近传感器可在UE300移动到耳边时,关闭显示器的电源。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别智能手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于UE 300还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The UE 300 may also include at least one or more sensors 306, such as light sensors, motion sensors, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. The ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display of the touch screen 304 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the power of the display when the UE 300 is moved to the ear. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three-axis), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. Related games, magnetometer posture calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, percussion), etc.; as for the UE 300 can also be equipped with gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor and other sensors, here No longer.
音频电路309、扬声器313、麦克风314可提供用户与UE 300之间的音频接口。音频电路309可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器313,由扬声器313转换为声音信号输出;另一方面,麦克风314将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路309接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据输出至射频电路302以发送给比如另一UE,或者将音频数据输出至存储器303以便进一步处理。The audio circuit 309, the speaker 313, and the microphone 314 can provide an audio interface between the user and the UE 300. The audio circuit 309 can transmit the electrical signal converted from the received audio data to the speaker 313, which is converted into a sound signal for output by the speaker 313; on the other hand, the microphone 314 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 309 After being received, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the radio frequency circuit 302 to be sent to, for example, another UE, or the audio data is output to the memory 303 for further processing.
尽管图3未示出,UE 300还可以包括摄像头(前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头)、闪光灯、微型投影装置、近场通信(NFC)装置等,在此不再赘述。Although not shown in FIG. 3, the UE 300 may also include a camera (front camera and/or rear camera), a flashlight, a miniature projection device, a near field communication (NFC) device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
应理解,上述图3所示UE包括的硬件模块只是示例性地描述,并不对本申请构成限定,事实上,图3所示的UE中还可以包含其他与图中示意的硬件模块具有交互关系的其他硬件模块,这里不作具体限定。It should be understood that the hardware modules included in the UE shown in FIG. 3 are only described as examples and do not limit the application. In fact, the UE shown in FIG. 3 may also include other hardware modules that interact with the hardware modules illustrated in the figure. For other hardware modules, there is no specific limitation here.
本申请中的AN/RAN可以是图2中所示的基站。具体的,基站可以是Ng-eNB、gNB或传输接收点(trasmission/reception point,TRP)。还可以是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)所定义的基站。例如,eNB或e-NodeB等。The AN/RAN in this application may be the base station shown in FIG. 2. Specifically, the base station may be an Ng-eNB, a gNB, or a transmission/reception point (trasmission/reception point, TRP). It may also be a base station defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP). For example, eNB or e-NodeB, etc.
此外,当eNB接入NR的核心网或者下一代核心网(next genaeration core,NGC)或者5G核心网(5th generation core network,5GC)时,eNB也可以称为eLTE eNB。具体地,eLTE eNB是在eNB的基础上演进的LTE基站设备,可以直接连接5G CN,eLTE eNB也属于NR中的基站设备。In addition, when the eNB accesses the NR core network or next generation core network (NGC) or 5G core network (5th generation core network, 5GC), the eNB may also be referred to as eLTE eNB. Specifically, the eLTE eNB is an evolved LTE base station equipment based on the eNB, and can be directly connected to the 5G CN. The eLTE eNB also belongs to the base station equipment in the NR.
或者,AN/RAN还可以是无线端点(wireless terminal,WT)。例如接入点(access point,AP)或者接入控制器(access controller,AC),或者其他具有与UE、及核心网有通信能力的网络设备。例如,中继设备、车载设备、智能穿戴设备等。本申请对 AN/RAN的类型不做限定。Alternatively, AN/RAN may also be a wireless terminal (WT). For example, an access point (access point, AP) or an access controller (access controller, AC), or other network equipment that has the ability to communicate with the UE and the core network. For example, relay equipment, in-vehicle equipment, smart wearable equipment, etc. This application does not limit the type of AN/RAN.
请参考图4,图4示出了一种网络设备的硬件结果示意图。如图4所示,网络设备可以包括处理器401,通信线路402,存储器403以及至少一个通信接口(图4中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口404为例进行说明)。Please refer to FIG. 4, which shows a schematic diagram of a hardware result of a network device. As shown in FIG. 4, the network device may include a processor 401, a communication line 402, a memory 403, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 4, the communication interface 404 is included as an example for illustration).
处理器401可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs used to control the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
通信线路402可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 402 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
通信接口404,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,RAN,WLAN等。The communication interface 404 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, and WLAN.
存储器403可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路402与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 403 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through the communication line 402. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器403用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,其中,存储器403可以存储用于实现两个模块化功能的指令:发送指令、接收指令和处理指令,并由处理器401来控制执行。处理器401用于执行存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。图4中示出的存储器403仅为示意图,该存储器还可以包括其他功能化的指令,对此,本发明对此不进行限定。Among them, the memory 403 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application. The memory 403 can store instructions for implementing two modular functions: sending instructions, receiving instructions, and processing instructions, and the processor 401 controls the execution. . The processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application. The memory 403 shown in FIG. 4 is only a schematic diagram, and the memory may also include other functional instructions, which is not limited by the present invention.
可选的,本申请中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in this application may also be referred to as application program code, which is not specifically limited in this application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
需要说明的是,图4仅作为一种网络设备的示例,并不对网络设备的具体结构做出限定。例如,网络设备还可以包括其他功能模块。另外,对于本申请中的接入网设备(例如,接入网设备等)和核心网设备(例如,AMF、PCF、NRF、SMF和UPF等等),均可以具有与图4相同或者相似的硬件结构。It should be noted that FIG. 4 is only used as an example of a network device, and does not limit the specific structure of the network device. For example, the network device may also include other functional modules. In addition, for the access network equipment (e.g., access network equipment, etc.) and core network equipment (e.g., AMF, PCF, NRF, SMF, UPF, etc.) in this application, both may have the same or similar Hardware structure.
为便于理解,以下对本申请可能出现的概念和术语进行解释。For ease of understanding, the concepts and terms that may appear in this application are explained below.
1、连接(connected)状态:也称连接态。连接状态是指无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接已建立,因此也称RRC_CONNECTED。当UE处于连接状态时,UE与接入网(如基站)以及核心网(如AMF)之间的连接均建立,若有数据需要传输,可以直接通过已建立的连接完成。其中,RRC连接用于处理UE和接入网之间的控制面消息。1. Connected state: also called connected state. The connection state refers to the establishment of a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection, so it is also called RRC_CONNECTED. When the UE is in the connected state, the connection between the UE and the access network (such as a base station) and the core network (such as AMF) are established. If there is data to be transmitted, it can be completed directly through the established connection. Among them, the RRC connection is used to process control plane messages between the UE and the access network.
2、去激活(inactive)状态:也称去激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)或者第三态。去 激活状态是指UE与接入网(如基站)之间的RRC连接已断开,但是UE的接入网(如基站)与核心网(如AMF)之间的连接未断开。当UE处于去激活状态时,若有数据需要传输,需要先恢复UE与接入网(如基站)之间的RRC连接,才能进行数据传输。2. Inactive state: also called inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) or third state. The deactivated state means that the RRC connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) has been disconnected, but the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) has not been disconnected. When the UE is in the deactivated state, if there is data to be transmitted, the RRC connection between the UE and the access network (such as a base station) needs to be restored before data transmission can be performed.
3、空闲(idle)状态:也称空闲态(RRC_IDLE)。空闲状态是指UE与接入网(如基站)之间的RRC连接未建立,且UE的接入网(如基站)与核心网(如AMF)之间的连接未建立。当UE处于空闲状态时,若有数据需要传输,需要先建立UE与接入网(如基站)之间的连接,以及UE的接入网(如基站)与核心网(如AMF)之间的连接,才能进行数据传输。3. Idle state: also called idle state (RRC_IDLE). The idle state means that the RRC connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) is not established, and the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) is not established. When the UE is in an idle state, if there is data to be transmitted, the connection between the UE and the access network (such as the base station) and the connection between the UE's access network (such as the base station) and the core network (such as AMF) need to be established first. Data transmission can only be carried out if connected.
4、跟踪区(tracking area,TA):TA是核心网级别(core network level,CN level)的位置区域,用于LTE/SAE等系统对UE的位置管理。具体的,TA可以用于核心网设备对UE的寻呼管理和位置更新管理。UE可以通过TA注册告知核心网设备UE所处的TA,以便核心网设备有寻呼UE的需要时,根据UE所注册的TA对UE进行寻呼。4. Tracking area (TA): TA is a core network level (core network level, CN level) location area, used for LTE/SAE and other systems to manage the location of the UE. Specifically, the TA can be used for the paging management and location update management of the UE by the core network equipment. The UE can notify the core network device of the TA where the UE is located through TA registration, so that when the core network device needs to page the UE, it can page the UE according to the TA registered by the UE.
其中,TA是小区级的配置,多个小区可以配置相同的TA,但是一个小区在一个时刻只能属于一个TA。Among them, TA is a cell-level configuration. Multiple cells can be configured with the same TA, but a cell can only belong to one TA at a time.
5、基于接入网的通知区(RAN-based notification area,RNA):RNA与TA类似,用于网络设备对UE的寻呼管理和位置更新管理。不同的是,RNA是RAN级别的位置区域。UE在进入去激活状态之前的最后服务基站会通过专用RRC信令“RRC release”向UE指示一个RNA,当UE在该RNA范围内移动的时候,不需要做RNA更新(RNA update,RNAU)。如果UE出了该RNA范围,就会发起RNAU。5. RAN-based notification area (RNA) based on the access network: RNA is similar to TA and is used for paging management and location update management of the UE by network equipment. The difference is that RNA is a RAN-level location area. The last serving base station before the UE enters the deactivated state will indicate an RNA to the UE through dedicated RRC signaling "RRC release". When the UE moves within the range of the RNA, RNA update (RNAU) is not required. If the UE is out of the RNA range, RNAU will be initiated.
另外,如果UE发生突然掉电、进入无覆盖范围等异常事件,进而长时间无动作无消息,而基站侧仍然会为UE保存实体(如分组数据融合协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)和服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)),这会导致基站侧资源吊死。为防止这种情况,UE会定期通知基站“我还在的”,即周期性的RNAU流程。In addition, if the UE experiences abnormal events such as sudden power failure, entering no coverage area, and no action and no messages for a long time, the base station side will still save entities (such as packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) and service) for the UE. Data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP)), which will cause the base station side resources to hang. To prevent this, the UE will periodically notify the base station of "I am still there", that is, the periodic RNAU process.
可以理解,空口协议栈通常被分为三层:物理层(也称为L1层),数据链路层(也称为L2层)以及网络层(也称为L3层)。L2层(即数据链路层)又可以分为以下子层:介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层,无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层,PDCP层和SDAP层。其中,MAC层用于向RLC层提供逻辑信道,以及进行逻辑信道与物理信道的映射。RLC层用于向PDCP层提供RLC信道,以及进行RLC信道与逻辑信道的映射。PDCP层用于向SDAP层提供RB,以及进行无线承载(radio bearer,RB)与RLC信道的映射。RB包括控制面的信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer,SRB)和用户面的数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DBR)。SDAP层用于提供数据包的具体服务质量(quality of service,QoS)参数,以及进行QoS参数与RB的映射。QoS参数用于指示数据包传输所需要的资源类型、优先级、时延、丢包率或时间窗大小等参数中的一个或多个。It can be understood that the air interface protocol stack is generally divided into three layers: the physical layer (also referred to as the L1 layer), the data link layer (also referred to as the L2 layer), and the network layer (also referred to as the L3 layer). The L2 layer (ie, the data link layer) can be divided into the following sublayers: medium access control (MAC) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, PDCP layer and SDAP layer. Among them, the MAC layer is used to provide logical channels to the RLC layer and to map logical channels to physical channels. The RLC layer is used to provide RLC channels to the PDCP layer and to map the RLC channels and logical channels. The PDCP layer is used to provide RBs to the SDAP layer, and perform radio bearer (RB) mapping with RLC channels. The RB includes a signaling radio bearer (SRB) on the control plane and a data radio bearer (DBR) on the user plane. The SDAP layer is used to provide specific quality of service (QoS) parameters of data packets, and to map QoS parameters to RBs. The QoS parameter is used to indicate one or more of the resource type, priority, delay, packet loss rate, or time window size required for data packet transmission.
在一些可能的结构中,AN/RAN可以是由集中单元(central unit,CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成的。其中,CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit)。通过CU-DU的结构可以将AN/RAN的协议层拆分开,将部分协议层的功能放在CU 集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。例如,可以将RRC、SDAP以及PDCP层部署在CU;其余的RLC层、MAC层以及物理层(Physical)部署在DU。CU和DU之间通过F1接口连接。CU代表gNB通过NG接口和核心网连接。In some possible structures, the AN/RAN may be composed of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU). Among them, the CU may also be referred to as a control unit (control unit). Through the structure of CU-DU, the AN/RAN protocol layer can be separated, and part of the protocol layer functions are placed under the centralized control of the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU centrally controls the DU. For example, the RRC, SDAP, and PDCP layers can be deployed in the CU; the remaining RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer (Physical) can be deployed in the DU. The CU and DU are connected through the F1 interface. CU stands for gNB to connect to the core network through the NG interface.
可选地,CU还可以采用控制面(control plane)实体和用户面(user plane,UP)网元分离的结构,由一个控制面网元管理多个用户面网元。Optionally, the CU may also adopt a structure in which a control plane (control plane) entity and a user plane (UP) network element are separated, and one control plane network element manages multiple user plane network elements.
请参考图5,图5示出了UE处于连接状态、去激活状态和空闲状态下基站侧保留的协议栈结构图。如图5所示,当UE处于连接状态时,DU1和DU2分别与CU之间建立了F1通道(F1 tunnel),CU与核心网之间建立了用于为UE(如UE1、UE2、UE3和UE4)传输数据的N3 tunnel。当UE处于去激活状态时,CU与核心网之间的N3 tunnel仍然保留,UE的SDAP和PDCP实体也保留。但是空口数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DBR)被释放。其中,UE进入去激活状态时驻留的小区称为锚定小区(anchor cell)。当UE在UE进入去激活状态之前的最后服务基站为UE配置的RNA区域内移动时,anchor cell不变,不需要通知网络;当UE移出RNA范围时,需要通知网络,更换anchor cell,更换RNA。当UE处于空闲状态时,CU与核心网之间的N3 tunnel被释放、UE的SDAP和PDCP实体也被释放。Please refer to FIG. 5, which shows the structure diagram of the protocol stack reserved on the base station side when the UE is in a connected state, a deactivated state, and an idle state. As shown in Figure 5, when the UE is in the connected state, F1 tunnels (F1 tunnels) are established between DU1 and DU2 and the CU respectively. UE4) N3 tunnel for data transmission. When the UE is in the deactivated state, the N3 tunnel between the CU and the core network is still reserved, and the SDAP and PDCP entities of the UE are also reserved. But the air interface data radio bearer (DBR) is released. Among them, the cell where the UE camps when it enters the deactivated state is called an anchor cell. When the UE moves within the RNA area configured for the UE by the last serving base station before the UE enters the deactivation state, the anchor cell remains unchanged and does not need to notify the network; when the UE moves out of the RNA range, the network needs to be notified to replace the anchor cell and replace the RNA . When the UE is in an idle state, the N3 tunnel between the CU and the core network is released, and the SDAP and PDCP entities of the UE are also released.
对应的,UE从去激活状态进去连接状态时,需要接入网设备(如基站)先建立/恢复RRC连接,再在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1 tunnel,然后UE可使用DRB传输数据。Correspondingly, when the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, the access network equipment (such as the base station) needs to first establish/restore the RRC connection, then establish the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establish the F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DUs , And then the UE can use DRB to transmit data.
以下将以图1所示的通信网络架构图为例,更为具体的,将以图2所示的网络切片服务架构图为例,以接入网设备是基站以及具有图3所示结构或者类似结构的UE300为例,对本申请实施例提供的方案进行介绍。The following will take the communication network architecture diagram shown in Figure 1 as an example. More specifically, the network slicing service architecture diagram shown in Figure 2 will be taken as an example. The access network device is a base station and has the structure shown in Figure 3 or The UE300 with a similar structure is taken as an example, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
请参考图6,图6示出了一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法的交互图。如图6所示,本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法可以包括以下步骤S601和S602:Please refer to FIG. 6, which shows an interaction diagram of a data transmission method for network slicing. As shown in FIG. 6, the data transmission method for network slicing provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps S601 and S602:
S601、基站A在UE 300进入去激活状态之前,向UE 300发送RNA指示信息。RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。S601. Base station A sends RNA indication information to UE 300 before UE 300 enters the deactivated state. The RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support NSSAI services.
其中,RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力至少包括:RNA列表中的每一个小区是否支持NSSAI业务、RNA列表中的每一个小区支持的NSSAI业务类型。或者,RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力至少包括:RNA列表中的每一个小区均支持NSSAI业务的指示信息。或者,RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力至少包括:RNA列表中的每一个小区均支持一种或多种NSSAI业务类型的指示信息。Wherein, the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: whether each cell in the RNA list supports the NSSAI service, and the type of NSSAI service supported by each cell in the RNA list. Alternatively, the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: the indication information that each cell in the RNA list supports the NSSAI service. Alternatively, the capability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service includes at least: the indication information that each cell in the RNA list supports one or more types of NSSAI services.
也就是说,在本申请实施例中,基站A(即第一接入网设备)在UE 300进入去激活状态之前,向UE 300发送的RNA列表中的所有小区可以是都支持NSSAI业务的,或者都支持一种或多种NSSAI业务类型的,如图7中的(a)和图7中的(b)所示。或者,为了避免由于基站A附近的小区大多不支持NSSAI业务导致的上述方案中,基站A在UE 300进入去激活状态之前,向UE 300发送的RNA列表中的小区数量过少。基站A在UE 300进入去激活状态之前,向UE 300发送的RNA列表中的小区中,也可以是有一部分小区支持NSSAI业务或者支持一种或多种NSSAI业务类型;也有一 部分小区不支持NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)或者不支持一种或多种NSSAI业务类型,如图8中的(a)、图8中的(b)和图8中的(c)所示。That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, before the UE 300 enters the deactivated state, all the cells in the RNA list sent to the UE 300 of the base station A (ie, the first access network device) may support the NSSAI service. Or all support one or more types of NSSAI services, as shown in Figure 7 (a) and Figure 7 (b). Or, in order to avoid the above solution due to the fact that most of the cells near base station A do not support NSSAI services, base station A sends too few cells in the RNA list to UE 300 before UE 300 enters the deactivated state. Before UE 300 enters the deactivated state, among the cells in the RNA list sent to UE 300, some cells may support NSSAI services or support one or more types of NSSAI services, and some cells may not support NSSAI services. (Such as small data services) or does not support one or more types of NSSAI services, as shown in Figure 8 (a), Figure 8 (b) and Figure 8 (c).
其中,在本申请实施例中,小数据业务是指数据量少且不频繁发起的业务。例如:小数据业务可以是智能手机的以下业务中的任一种:来自即时通讯(instant messaging,IM)服务应用的流量业务(例如whatsapp,QQ,微信等)、来自IM/电子邮件或其他应用的心跳/保持活动流量业务或来自各种应用程序的推送通知等。或者,小数据业务还可以是非智能手机的以下业务中的任一种:来自可穿戴设备的流量业务(例如定期的定位信息等)、传感器业务(例如工业无线传感器网络定期或以事件触发的方式传输温度,压力读数等)或者智能电表和智能电表网络发送定期的电表读数业务等。或者,小数据业务还可以是其他业务,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Among them, in the embodiments of the present application, a small data service refers to a service that has a small amount of data and is initiated infrequently. For example, the small data service can be any of the following services of a smart phone: traffic services from instant messaging (IM) service applications (such as whatsapp, QQ, WeChat, etc.), from IM/email or other applications Heartbeat/keep alive traffic business or push notifications from various applications, etc. Alternatively, the small data service can also be any of the following services of non-smart phones: traffic services from wearable devices (such as periodic positioning information, etc.), sensor services (such as industrial wireless sensor networks regularly or in an event-triggered manner) Transmit temperature, pressure readings, etc.) or smart meter and smart meter network to send regular meter reading services. Alternatively, the small data service may also be another service, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤S601可以包括:基站A(即第一接入网设备)在UE 300进入去激活状态之前,通过RRC release消息向UE 300发送RNA指示信息。其中,RRC release消息包括包括有一个或多个小区的RNA列表。例如,RRC release消息包括一个或多个小区的标识信息。RNA指示信息包括RNA列表中的每一个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing step S601 may include: base station A (ie, the first access network device) sends RNA indication information to UE 300 through an RRC release message before UE 300 enters the deactivated state. Among them, the RRC release message includes an RNA list including one or more cells. For example, the RRC release message includes identification information of one or more cells. The RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support NSSAI services.
请参考图9,图9示出了本申请实施例提供的一种RNA指示信息示例图。如图9所示,RNA指示信息包括用于表征RNA列表的PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList和用于指示RNA列表中一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的bit string指示字节:support requested NSSAI or not。其中,PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList中包括一个或多个小区的标识信息,如图9所示的plmn-Identity。bit string的长度为PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList(即RNA列表)中的小区数量。bit string的内容为一串0或1的比特串,bit string内容中的比特串分别用于指示PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList(即RNA列表)中第一个小区到最后一个小区是否支持NSSAI业务。例如,如果某一小区支持NSSAI业务,则bit string内容中对应的bit位就是1;如果某一小区不支持NSSAI业务,则bit string内容中对应的bit位就是0。或者,如果某一小区支持NSSAI业务,则bit string内容中对应的bit位就是0;如果某一小区不支持NSSAI业务,则bit string内容中对应的bit位就是1。Please refer to FIG. 9, which shows an example diagram of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the RNA indication information includes PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList used to characterize the RNA list and bit string indicator bytes used to indicate the capability of one or more cells in the RNA list to support NSSAI services: support requested NSSAI or not . Wherein, the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList includes identification information of one or more cells, such as plmn-Identity as shown in FIG. 9. The length of the bit string is the number of cells in the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList (that is, the RNA list). The content of the bit string is a string of 0 or 1, and the bit string in the content of the bit string is used to indicate whether the first cell to the last cell in the PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList (that is, the RNA list) supports the NSSAI service. For example, if a cell supports the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 1; if a cell does not support the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 0. Or, if a cell supports the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 0; if a cell does not support the NSSAI service, the corresponding bit in the bit string content is 1.
或者,请参考图10,图10示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种RNA指示信息示例图。如图10所示,RNA指示信息包括用于表征RNA列表的PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList和用于指示RNA列表中一个或多个小区支持NSSAI业务的能力的bit string指示字节:support requested NSSAI or not。其中,PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList中的每个RAN Area由部分或者全部的TA组成。全部的TA则为TAC标识,部分TA则是RANAC(RAN area codes)标识,因此PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList本质上也是包括一个或多个小区的RNA列表。同样,bit string的长度为PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList(即RNA列表)中的小区数量。bit string的内容为一串0或1的比特串,bit string内容中的比特串分别用于指示PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList(即RNA列表)中第一个小区到最后一个小区是否支持NSSAI业务。Alternatively, please refer to FIG. 10, which shows another example diagram of RNA indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the RNA indication information includes PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList used to characterize the RNA list and bit string indicator bytes used to indicate the capability of one or more cells in the RNA list to support NSSAI services: support requested NSSAI or not . Among them, each RAN Area in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList is composed of some or all TAs. All TAs are TAC identifiers, and some TAs are RANAC (RAN area codes) identifiers. Therefore, PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList essentially includes an RNA list of one or more cells. Similarly, the length of the bit string is the number of cells in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList (that is, the RNA list). The content of the bit string is a string of 0 or 1, and the bit string in the content of the bit string is used to indicate whether the first cell to the last cell in the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList (that is, the RNA list) supports the NSSAI service.
在本申请实施例中,基站A(即第一接入网设备)至少可以通过以下三种方式确定RNA指示信息:In the embodiment of the present application, the base station A (that is, the first access network device) can determine the RNA indication information in at least the following three ways:
方式1:基站A(即第一接入网设备)参考从核心网网元(如AMF)处获取的至少一个小区支持slice的能力信息确定。Manner 1: The base station A (ie, the first access network device) determines the slice support capability information of at least one cell obtained from the core network element (such as AMF).
其中,至少一个小区支持slice的能力信息可以理解为至少一个小区支持NSSAI业务类型的能力信息。具体的,基站A可以从核心网网元(如AMF)获取基站A附近的每个小区支持slice的能力,基站A可以根据核心网网元的回复确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,基站A还可以根据核心网网元的回复确定RNA列表。例如,基站A将核心网网元回复的支持slice A的小区作为RNA列表中的小区。或者,作为一种可选的实现方式,基站A可以根据核心网网元的回复,筛选出一部分支持slice A的小区作为RNA列表中的小区。Among them, the capability information of at least one cell to support slices can be understood as the capability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service type. Specifically, base station A may obtain the slice support capability of each cell near base station A from a core network element (such as AMF), and base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the response of the core network element. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list according to the reply of the core network element. For example, base station A regards the cell supporting slice A returned by the core network element as the cell in the RNA list. Or, as an optional implementation manner, the base station A may screen out a part of the cells that support slice A as the cells in the RNA list according to the response of the core network element.
或者,基站A也可以从核心网网元的回复中,筛选出一部分小区(例如进一步根据距离筛选),从而确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,将筛选后的一部分小区作为RNA列表中的小区。Alternatively, the base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screen based on distance) from the replies of the core network element, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
方式2:基站A(即第一接入网设备)参考从核心网网元(如AMF)处获取的基站A附近的支持slice的小区确定。Manner 2: The base station A (that is, the first access network device) determines the slice-supporting cell near the base station A obtained from the core network element (such as AMF).
具体的,基站A可以从核心网网元(如AMF)获取基站A附近哪些小区支持slice A,基站A可以根据核心网网元的回复确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,基站A还可以根据核心网网元的回复确定RNA列表。Specifically, base station A may obtain which cells near base station A support slice A from a core network element (such as AMF), and base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the response of the core network element. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list according to the reply of the core network element.
或者,基站A也可以从核心网网元的回复中,筛选出一部分小区(例如进一步根据距离筛选),从而确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,将筛选后的一部分小区作为RNA列表中的小区。Alternatively, the base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screen based on distance) from the replies of the core network element, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
其中,上述方式1和方式2中,基站A可以主动向核心网网元(如AMF)询问基站A附近的每个小区支持slice的能力或者基站A附近哪些小区支持slice;或者,核心网网元(如AMF)也可以主动向基站A提供基站A附近的每个小区支持slice的能力或者基站A附近哪些小区支持slice,本申请实施例对具体的获取过程不做限定。Among them, in the above methods 1 and 2, the base station A can actively ask the core network element (such as AMF) about the ability of each cell near the base station A to support slices or which cells near the base station A support slices; or, the core network element (Such as AMF) can also actively provide base station A with the ability of each cell near base station A to support slices or which cells near base station A support slices. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific acquisition process.
方式3:基站A(即第一接入网设备)参考从至少一个接入网设备处获取的至少一个小区支持slice的能力信息确定。其中,上述至少一个接入网设备与基站A(即第一接入网设备)之间的距离在预设范围之内。Manner 3: The base station A (that is, the first access network device) determines the slice support capability information of at least one cell obtained from at least one access network device. Wherein, the distance between the at least one access network device and the base station A (that is, the first access network device) is within a preset range.
具体的,基站A可以通过Xn接口从其他一个或多个基站(如基站A附近的一个或多个基站)获取对方基站的小区支持slice的能力,或者对方基站的小区中支持slice的小区。Specifically, base station A can obtain the ability of the cell of the opposing base station to support slices from one or more base stations (such as one or more base stations near base station A) through the Xn interface, or the cells of the opposing base station's cells that support slices.
基站A可以根据从上述一个或多个基站接收到的回复信息确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,基站A还可以根据从上述一个或多个基站接收到的回复信息确定RNA列表。The base station A may determine the RNA indication information according to the reply information received from the above-mentioned one or more base stations. Or, further, the base station A may also determine the RNA list based on the reply information received from the above-mentioned one or more base stations.
或者,基站A也可以从上述一个或多个基站的回复中,筛选出一部分小区(例如进一步根据距离筛选),从而确定RNA指示信息。或者,进一步的,将筛选后的一部分小区作为RNA列表中的小区。Alternatively, base station A may also screen out a part of the cells (for example, further screening based on distance) from the replies of one or more base stations, so as to determine the RNA indication information. Or, further, use a part of the cells after screening as cells in the RNA list.
进一步的,在方式3中,每一个基站在其管辖的小区中任一个小区的NSSAI业务的能力发生变化时,通过Xn接口更新给其附近的基站(包括基站A)。Further, in mode 3, when the NSSAI service capability of each cell in any of the cells under its jurisdiction changes, each base station is updated to nearby base stations (including base station A) through the Xn interface.
若UE 300有NSSAI业务传输需求,如图6所示,UE 300,基站A或基站B继续 执行以下步骤S602-S605:If UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements, as shown in Figure 6, UE 300, base station A or base station B continue to perform the following steps S602-S605:
S602、UE 300通过第一小区向基站A(或基站B)发送RRC连接建立请求。S602. The UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station A (or base station B) through the first cell.
更为具体的,若UE 300在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE 300通过第一小区向基站A(或基站B)发送RRC连接建立请求。用于从去激活状态进入连接状态,以通过第一小区传输UE 300的NSSAI业务的业务数据。More specifically, if the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A (or base station B) through the first cell. It is used to enter the connected state from the deactivated state to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the first cell.
其中,UE 300在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求包括但不限于以下两种可能:(一)UE 300端在去激活状态下有NSSAI业务传输需求;(二)UE 300接收到寻呼请求。具体的,如果有下行NSSAI业务的业务数据到达UE 300的锚定小区(anchor cell),基站A会向RNA列表内的所有基站发起寻呼请求。RNA列表内所有的小区都在空口发送寻呼消息,说明当前的业务是NSSAI业务。UE 300在接收到该寻呼消息之后,会通过第一小区向基站A(或基站B)发送RRC连接建立请求。Among them, UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements in the deactivated state, including but not limited to the following two possibilities: (1) UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements in deactivated state; (2) UE 300 receives a paging request . Specifically, if service data of the downlink NSSAI service arrives at the anchor cell of the UE 300, base station A will initiate a paging request to all base stations in the RNA list. All cells in the RNA list send paging messages on the air interface, indicating that the current service is an NSSAI service. After receiving the paging message, the UE 300 will send an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A (or base station B) through the first cell.
其中,第一小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中的一个,且第一小区为支持NSSAI业务的小区。The first cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information, and the first cell is a cell supporting the NSSAI service.
在本申请实施例中,NSSAI业务至少可以包括:第一业务类型的NSSAI业务和/或第二类型的NSSAI业务。其中,第一业务类型的NSSAI业务可以是UE 300从激活状态进去去激活状态之前处理过的NSSAI业务类型,也称“挂起业务”。例如,第一业务类型的NSSAI业务是UE 300从激活状态进去去激活状态之前预设时间段(如一周)内,处理最多的NSSAI业务类型。又如,第一业务类型的NSSAI业务是UE 300从激活状态进去去激活状态之前,最后处理的NSSAI业务类型。第二类型的NSSAI业务可以是UE 300在从激活状态进去去激活状态之前,还未处理过、但是需要处理的NSSAI业务类型,也称“潜在业务”。例如,第二类型的NSSAI业务是UE 300预定的NSSAI业务类型(如需要在预设时间进行的业务)。本申请实施例对NSSAI业务包含的具体NSSAI业务不做具体限定。另外,本申请实施例对NSSAI业务所述的应用类别也不作限定。例如,NSSAI业务可以是社交类应用的NSSAI业务,也可以是新闻类、办公类、购物类、出行类等其他类型应用的NSSAI业务。In the embodiment of the present application, the NSSAI service may at least include: a first type of NSSAI service and/or a second type of NSSAI service. Among them, the NSSAI service of the first service type may be the NSSAI service type processed before the UE 300 enters the activated state from the activated state, and is also called “suspended service”. For example, the NSSAI service of the first service type is the most processed NSSAI service type within a preset time period (such as a week) before the UE 300 enters the activated state from the activated state. For another example, the NSSAI service of the first service type is the last NSSAI service type processed before the UE 300 enters the deactivated state from the activated state. The second type of NSSAI service may be a type of NSSAI service that the UE 300 has not processed but needs to be processed before entering the activated state from the activated state, and is also called "potential service". For example, the second type of NSSAI service is a type of NSSAI service predetermined by the UE 300 (for example, a service that needs to be performed at a preset time). The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific NSSAI service included in the NSSAI service. In addition, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application categories described in the NSSAI service. For example, the NSSAI business can be the NSSAI business of social applications, and it can also be the NSSAI business of other types of applications such as news, office, shopping, and travel.
在本申请实施例中,若第一小区是基站A所属的小区,如图6中的S602-a所示,则若UE 300有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE 300通过第一小区向基站A发送RRC连接建立请求。若第一小区是基站B所属的小区,如图6中的S602-b所示,则若UE 300有NSSAI业务传输需求,UE 300通过第一小区向基站B发送RRC连接建立请求。In the embodiment of this application, if the first cell is the cell to which base station A belongs, as shown in S602-a in Figure 6, if UE 300 has NSSAI service transmission requirements, UE 300 sends RRC to base station A through the first cell Connection establishment request. If the first cell is the cell to which base station B belongs, as shown in S602-b in FIG. 6, if UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station B through the first cell.
在一种可能的情况下,第一小区是UE 300在去激活状态下有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时驻留的小区。在这种情况下,由于UE 300在有NSSAI业务传输需求时,会根据从基站A接收到的RNA指示信息确定第一小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。例如,UE300通过读取RRC release消息中的ran-AreaCells和Support requested NSSAI or not,确定第一小区是否支持NSSAI业务。如上文所述,第一小区支持NSSAI业务,则UE300会直接通过第一小区向第一小区所属的基站(基站A或基站B)发送RRC连接建立请求。以分别通过第一小区、第一小区所属的基站(基站A或基站B)传输UE 300的NSSAI业务的业务数据。In a possible situation, the first cell is the cell where the UE 300 resides when there is the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission demand in the deactivated state. In this case, when the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, it will determine the ability of the first cell to support the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information received from the base station A. For example, the UE 300 reads ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not in the RRC release message to determine whether the first cell supports the NSSAI service. As described above, if the first cell supports the NSSAI service, the UE 300 will directly send the RRC connection establishment request to the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs through the first cell. The service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 is transmitted through the first cell and the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs respectively.
在另一种可能的情况下,UE 300在去激活状态下有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时驻留的小区是第二小区,第二小区是RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中的一个,且 第二小区不支持NSSAI业务。由于UE 300在有NSSAI业务传输需求时,会根据从基站A接收到的RNA指示信息确定第二小区支持NSSAI业务的能力。例如,UE 300通过读取RRC release消息中的ran-AreaCells和Support requested NSSAI or not,确定第二小区不支持NSSAI业务。在这种情况下,UE 300会根据RNA指示信息选择一个支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第一小区)。例如,UE 300通过读取ran-AreaCells和Support requested NSSAI or not,确定第一小区支持NSSAI业务。然后,UE 300通过接入第一小区,从而通过第一小区向第一小区所属的基站(基站A或基站B)发送RRC连接建立请求。以在从去激活状态进入连接状之后,分别通过第二小区、第二小区所属的基站(基站A或基站B)传输UE 300的NSSAI业务的业务数据。In another possible situation, the cell where the UE 300 resides when the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission needs in the deactivated state is the second cell, and the second cell is one of the one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. And the second cell does not support NSSAI services. Since the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement, it will determine the ability of the second cell to support the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information received from the base station A. For example, the UE 300 determines that the second cell does not support NSSAI services by reading ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not in the RRC release message. In this case, the UE 300 will select a cell (such as the first cell) that supports the NSSAI service according to the RNA indication information. For example, the UE 300 determines that the first cell supports the NSSAI service by reading ran-AreaCells and Support requested NSSAI or not. Then, by accessing the first cell, the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station (base station A or base station B) to which the first cell belongs through the first cell. After entering the connected state from the deactivated state, the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 is transmitted through the second cell and the base station to which the second cell belongs (base station A or base station B).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例不限定UE 300从RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中选择一个支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第一小区)的具体规则。例如,UE 300可以从RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中选择信号强度和/或信号质量最佳的一个小区。又如,UE 300可以从RNA指示信息指示的一个或多个小区中,选择覆盖范围与UE 300最近的一个小区。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific rule for the UE 300 to select a cell (such as the first cell) that supports the NSSAI service from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. For example, the UE 300 may select a cell with the best signal strength and/or signal quality from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information. For another example, the UE 300 may select a cell with the coverage area closest to the UE 300 from one or more cells indicated by the RNA indication information.
在本申请实施例中,第一小区存在以下两种情况:(一)第一小区不是UE 300的锚定小区(anchor cell),如图7中的(b)、图8中的(b)或图8中的(c)所示。(二)第一小区是UE 300的锚定小区(anchor cell),即第一小区是UE 300从连接状态进入去激活状态时所驻留的小区,如图7中的(a)或图8中的(a)所示。对于上述两种情况,若第一小区支持NSSAI业务,UE 300均可以通过第一小区完成上述NSSAI业务。In the embodiment of this application, the first cell has the following two situations: (1) The first cell is not the anchor cell of the UE 300, as shown in Figure 7 (b) and Figure 8 (b) Or as shown in (c) in Figure 8. (2) The first cell is the anchor cell of the UE 300, that is, the first cell is the cell where the UE 300 resides when the UE 300 enters the deactivated state from the connected state, as shown in Figure 7 (a) or Figure 8 As shown in (a). For the above two cases, if the first cell supports the NSSAI service, the UE 300 can complete the above NSSAI service through the first cell.
需要说明的是,若第一小区是UE 300的锚定小区(anchor cell),且第一小区支持NSSAI业务(如图7中的(a)或图8中的(a)所示),由于锚定小区(anchor cell)会保留UE 300的上下文信息,因此,在这种情况下,UE 300向第一小区所属的基站(即基站A)发送的RR连接建立请求小区用于请求恢复UE 300与基站A之间的RRC连接,也称“RRC”连接恢复请求消息。It should be noted that if the first cell is the anchor cell of the UE 300, and the first cell supports NSSAI services (as shown in Figure 7 (a) or Figure 8 (a)), The anchor cell retains the context information of the UE 300. Therefore, in this case, the UE 300 sends an RR connection establishment request to the base station to which the first cell belongs (ie, base station A). The cell is used to request the restoration of the UE 300 The RRC connection with base station A is also called "RRC" connection recovery request message.
需要说明的是,图7和图8仅作为几种UE 300通过RNA列表中的小区接入核心网的示例,并不对UE 300在去激活状态下有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时驻留的小区做出限定。以图7中的(a)为例,UE 300当前可能驻留在anchor cell。但是,也存在这样一种可能,UE 300当前驻留在A小区或B小区,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,测量发现anchor cell的信号强度和/或信号质量更佳,因此接入anchor cell。以图7中的(b)为例,UE 300当前可能驻留在第一小区。但是,也存在这样一种可能,UE 300当前驻留在A小区或anchor cell,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,测量发现第一小区的信号强度和/或信号质量更佳,因此接入第一小区。以图8中的(a)为例,UE 300当前可能驻留在第一小区(即anchor cell)。但是,也存在这样一种可能,UE 300当前驻留在A小区,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,测量发现第一小区(即anchor cell)的信号强度和/或信号质量更佳,因此接入第一小区(即anchor cell)。或者,UE 300当前驻留在B小区,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,发现B小区不支持NSSAI业务,而第一小区(即anchor cell)支持NSSAI业务,因此接入第一小区(即anchor cell)。以图8中的(b)为例,UE 300当前可能 驻留在第一小区。但是,也存在这样一种可能,UE 300当前驻留在A小区,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,测量发现第一小区的信号强度和/或信号质量更佳,因此接入第一小区。或者,UE 300当前驻留在B小区(即anchor cell),UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,发现B小区不支持NSSAI业务,而第一小区支持NSSAI业务,因此接入第一小区。以图8中的(c)为例,UE 300当前可能驻留在第一小区。但是,也存在这样一种可能,UE 300当前驻留在anchor cell,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,测量发现第一小区的信号强度和/或信号质量更佳,因此接入第一小区。或者,UE 300当前驻留在B小区,UE 300在有上述NSSAI业务传输需求时,发现B小区不支持NSSAI业务,而第一小区支持NSSAI业务,因此接入第一小区。It should be noted that Figures 7 and 8 are only examples of several UE 300 accessing the core network through the cells in the RNA list, and do not apply to the cell where the UE 300 resides when it has the above NSSAI service transmission requirements in the deactivated state. Out of limits. Taking (a) in Figure 7 as an example, the UE 300 may currently reside in the anchor cell. However, there is also such a possibility that the UE 300 currently resides in cell A or cell B. When the UE 300 has the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the anchor cell is better, so it accesses anchor cell. Taking (b) in FIG. 7 as an example, UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell. However, there is also such a possibility that UE 300 currently resides in cell A or anchor cell. When UE 300 has the above NSSAI service transmission requirements, it measures and finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so the connection Into the first cell. Taking (a) in FIG. 8 as an example, the UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell (that is, the anchor cell). However, there is also such a possibility that the UE 300 is currently camping on cell A. When the UE 300 has the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell (that is, the anchor cell) is better. Therefore, access to the first cell (ie anchor cell). Or, the UE 300 currently resides in cell B, and the UE 300 finds that cell B does not support NSSAI services when it has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, and the first cell (that is, the anchor cell) supports NSSAI services, so it accesses the first cell ( That is anchor cell). Taking (b) in Figure 8 as an example, UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell. However, there is also a possibility that the UE 300 is currently camping on cell A. When the UE 300 has the above-mentioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, the measurement finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so it accesses the first cell. Community. Alternatively, the UE 300 currently resides in the B cell (ie anchor cell), and when the UE 300 has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirement, it finds that the B cell does not support the NSSAI service, and the first cell supports the NSSAI service, so it accesses the first cell. Taking (c) in FIG. 8 as an example, the UE 300 may currently camp on the first cell. However, there is also a possibility that the UE 300 is currently camping on the anchor cell. When the UE 300 has the above NSSAI service transmission requirements, it measures and finds that the signal strength and/or signal quality of the first cell is better, so it accesses the first cell. Community. Or, the UE 300 currently resides in cell B, and the UE 300 finds that cell B does not support NSSAI services and the first cell supports NSSAI services when it has the aforementioned NSSAI service transmission requirements, so it accesses the first cell.
在一些实施例中,UE 300发送的RRC连接建立请求消息还用于指示第一小区所属的基站请求核心网设备(如AMF单元)将用于传输NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输通道从UE 300的锚定基站(如基站A,即第一接入网设备)切换至第一小区所属的基站(如基站B,即第二接入网设备)。其中,用于传输NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输通道通常建立在UPF单元与接入网设备(如基站A)之间。In some embodiments, the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 is also used to instruct the base station to which the first cell belongs to request the core network device (such as the AMF unit) to transfer the transmission channel used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service from the UE 300 The anchor base station (such as base station A, that is, the first access network device) is handed over to the base station to which the first cell belongs (such as base station B, that is, the second access network device). Among them, the transmission channel used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service is usually established between the UPF unit and the access network device (such as base station A).
在一些实施例中,UE 300发送的RRC连接建立请求消息中还可以包括:UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息。其中,UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示UE 300要传输的业务数据是NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据。以便第一小区所属的基站根据UE 300要传输的业务数据以及UE 300驻留的小区决定是否迁移NSSAI业务对应的传输通道或非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道。In some embodiments, the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300. The indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service. In this way, the base station to which the first cell belongs can decide whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service or the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 and the cell where the UE 300 resides.
进一步的,在一些实施例中,尽管UE 300在有NSSAI业务传输需求时,无需使用非NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)对应的传输通道,但是,为了保证网络的稳定性,通常第一小区所属的基站还会请求核心网设备将非NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)对应的传输通道也能从UE 300的锚定基站切换至第一小区所属的基站。Further, in some embodiments, although the UE 300 does not need to use the transmission channel corresponding to non-NSSAI services (such as small data services) when there is a need for NSSAI service transmission, in order to ensure the stability of the network, usually the first cell belongs to The base station of the UE will also request the core network equipment to switch the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service (such as the small data service) from the anchor base station of the UE 300 to the base station to which the first cell belongs.
S603、基站A(基站B)根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求建立UE 300与基站A(基站b)之间的RRC连接。S603. The base station A (base station B) establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A (base station b) according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
具体的,若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-a,也就是说,第一小区是基站A管辖的小区,UE 300向基站A发送RRC连接建立请求。则基站A执行步骤S603-a,根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求建立与UE 300之间的RRC连接。若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-b,也就是说,第一小区是基站B管辖的小区,UE 300向基站B发送RRC连接建立请求。则基站B执行步骤S603-b,根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求建立与UE 300之间的RRC连接。其中,若UE 300通过锚定小区(anchor cell)向基站A发送RRC连接恢复请求消息,则基站A恢复UE 300与基站A之间的RRC连接。关于RRC连接建立/恢复的过程,可以参考常规技术中的解释和说明,这里不做赘述。Specifically, if the UE 300 executes the above step S602-a, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station A, the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station A. Then the base station A performs step S603-a, and establishes an RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300. If the UE 300 executes the above step S602-b, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B, and the UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to the base station B. Then the base station B performs step S603-b, and establishes an RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300. Wherein, if the UE 300 sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the base station A through an anchor cell, the base station A resumes the RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A. Regarding the RRC connection establishment/recovery process, you can refer to the explanation and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
S604、基站A在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1 tunnel。S604. The base station A establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU and the DU.
具体的,若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-a,且基站A执行上述步骤S603-a,也就是说,第一小区是基站A管辖的小区。则基站A执行步骤S603-a,根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1tunnel。使得UE 300从图5中的(b)所处的连接状态转换成图5中的(a)所示的连接状态。若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-b,且基站B执行上述步骤S603-b,也就是说, 第一小区是基站B管辖的小区。则基站B执行步骤S603-b,根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1 tunnel。使得UE 300从图5中的(b)所处的连接状态转换成图5中的(a)所示的连接状态。关于在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1 tunnel的过程,可以参考常规技术中的解释和说明,这里不做赘述。Specifically, if the UE 300 executes the foregoing step S602-a, and the base station A executes the foregoing step S603-a, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station A. Then the base station A performs step S603-a, and establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DU. This causes the UE 300 to switch from the connection state in (b) in FIG. 5 to the connection state shown in (a) in FIG. 5. If the UE 300 performs the foregoing step S602-b, and the base station B performs the foregoing step S603-b, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B. Then the base station B performs step S603-b, and establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DU. This causes the UE 300 to switch from the connection state in (b) in FIG. 5 to the connection state shown in (a) in FIG. 5. Regarding the process of establishing the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU and establishing the F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU-DUs, please refer to the explanation and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
S605、UE 300通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。S605. The UE 300 transmits service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
具体的,若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-a,且基站A执行上述步骤S603-a和S604-a,也就是说,第一小区是基站A管辖的小区。则UE 300执行步骤S605-a,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。更为具体的,UE 300分别通过基站A在基站A的DU内为DRB建立的RLC实体、在CU-DU之间为DRB建立的F1 tunnel、在CU内的SDAP和PDCP实体以及CU与核心网之间的N3 tunnel传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。若UE 300执行上述步骤S602-b,且基站B执行上述步骤S603-b和S604-b,也就是说,第一小区是基站B管辖的小区。则UE 300执行步骤S605-b,通过第一小区传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。更为具体的,UE 300分别通过基站B在基站B的DU内为DRB建立的RLC实体、在CU-DU之间为DRB建立的F1 tunnel、在CU内的SDAP和PDCP实体以及CU与核心网之间的N3 tunnel传输NSSAI业务的业务数据。Specifically, if the UE 300 performs the foregoing step S602-a, and the base station A performs the foregoing steps S603-a and S604-a, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station A. Then the UE 300 executes step S605-a to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. More specifically, the UE 300 separately establishes the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU of the base station A through the base station A, the F1 tunnel established for the DRB between the CU-DUs, the SDAP and PDCP entities in the CU, and the CU and the core network. The N3 tunnel between NSSAI services transmits business data of NSSAI services. If the UE 300 performs the foregoing step S602-b, and the base station B performs the foregoing steps S603-b and S604-b, that is, the first cell is a cell under the jurisdiction of the base station B. Then the UE 300 executes step S605-b to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell. More specifically, the UE 300 separately establishes the RLC entity for the DRB in the DU of the base station B through the base station B, the F1 tunnel established for the DRB between the CU-DUs, the SDAP and PDCP entities in the CU, and the CU and the core network. The N3 tunnel between NSSAI services transmits business data of NSSAI services.
可以理解,以上步骤S602-S605是针对UE 300有NSSAI业务传输需求时的数据传输方法。在一些实施例中。若UE 300在执行完上述步骤S601之后,有非NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)传输需求,假设UE 300在有上述非NSSAI业务传输需求时驻留在基站A(即UE 300的锚定基站),如图11所示,UE 300和基站A继续执行以下步骤S1101-S1104:It can be understood that the above steps S602-S605 are for the data transmission method when the UE 300 has an NSSAI service transmission requirement. In some embodiments. If the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service (such as small data service) transmission demand after performing the above step S601, it is assumed that the UE 300 resides at base station A (ie, the anchor base station of the UE 300) when the non-NSSAI service transmission demand is required. As shown in Figure 11, UE 300 and base station A continue to perform the following steps S1101-S1104:
S1101、UE 300向基站A发送RRC连接建立请求。S1101, UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station A.
更为具体的,RRC连接建立请求用于请求基站A恢复与UE 300的RRC连接,使得UE 300从去激活状态进入连接状态,以通过基站A传输UE 300的非NSSAI业务的业务数据。More specifically, the RRC connection establishment request is used to request the base station A to resume the RRC connection with the UE 300, so that the UE 300 enters the connected state from the deactivated state, so as to transmit the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the base station A.
其中,UE 300在有上述非NSSAI业务传输需求时可以驻留在支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第一小区),也可以驻留在不支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第二小区),本申请实施例对此不作限定。Among them, the UE 300 can reside in a cell that supports NSSAI services (such as the first cell) when it has the above-mentioned non-NSSAI service transmission requirements, or can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell). This application is implemented The example does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,UE 300在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求包括但不限于以下两种可能:(一)UE 300端在去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求;(二)UE 300接收到寻呼请求。具体的,如果有下行非NSSAI业务的业务数据到达UE 300的锚定小区(anchor cell),基站A会向RNA列表内的所有基站发起寻呼请求。In the embodiment of this application, the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, including but not limited to the following two possibilities: (1) The UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state; (2) The UE 300 receives the paging request. Specifically, if service data of a downlink non-NSSAI service arrives at the anchor cell of the UE 300, base station A will initiate a paging request to all base stations in the RNA list.
在一些实施例中,UE 300发送的RRC连接建立请求消息中还可以包括:UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息。其中,UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示UE300要传输的业务数据是非NSSAI业务的业务数据。以便基站B根据UE 300要传输的业务数据决定是否迁移非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道。In some embodiments, the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300. The indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is service data of a non-NSSAI service. So that the base station B decides whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300.
S1102、基站A根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求建立UE 300与基站A之间的RRC连接。S1102. The base station A establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station A according to the RRC connection establishment request from the UE 300.
更为具体的,由于基站A是UE的锚定基站,因此基站A中保存了UE 300的上下 文信息。基站A可以获取UE 300的上下文信息,根据UE 300的上下文信息恢复与UE 300之间的RRC连接。关于基站根据其保存的UE上下文恢复RRC连接的过程,可以参考常规技术中的介绍和说明,这里不做赘述。More specifically, since the base station A is the anchor base station of the UE, the base station A saves the context information of the UE 300. The base station A can obtain the context information of the UE 300, and restore the RRC connection with the UE 300 according to the context information of the UE 300. Regarding the process of restoring the RRC connection by the base station according to the UE context saved by the base station, reference may be made to the introduction and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
S1103、基站A在DU内为DRB建立RLC实体,在CU-DU之间为DRB建立F1 tunnel。S1103. The base station A establishes an RLC entity for the DRB in the DU, and establishes an F1 tunnel for the DRB between the CU and the DU.
S1104、UE 300通过基站A传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据。S1104, UE 300 transmits service data of non-NSSAI services through base station A.
在另一些实施例中。若UE 300在执行完上述步骤S601之后,有非NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)传输需求,假设UE 300在有上述非NSSAI业务传输需求时驻留在非UE300的锚定基站(如基站B),如图12所示,UE 300,基站A和基站B继续执行以下步骤S1201-S1208:In other embodiments. If the UE 300 has a non-NSSAI service (such as small data service) transmission demand after performing the above step S601, it is assumed that the UE 300 resides at the anchor base station (such as base station B) of the non-UE 300 when the above non-NSSAI service transmission demand is required. As shown in Figure 12, UE 300, base station A and base station B continue to perform the following steps S1201-S1208:
S1201、UE 300向基站B发送RRC连接建立请求。S1201, UE 300 sends an RRC connection establishment request to base station B.
更为具体的,RRC连接建立请求用于请求基站A恢复与UE 300的RRC连接,使得UE 300从去激活状态进入连接状态,以通过基站A传输UE 300的非NSSAI业务的业务数据。More specifically, the RRC connection establishment request is used to request the base station A to resume the RRC connection with the UE 300, so that the UE 300 enters the connected state from the deactivated state, so as to transmit the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 through the base station A.
其中,UE 300在有上述非NSSAI业务传输需求时可以驻留在支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第一小区),也可以驻留在不支持NSSAI业务的小区(如第二小区),本申请实施例对此不作限定。Among them, the UE 300 can reside in a cell that supports NSSAI services (such as the first cell) when it has the above-mentioned non-NSSAI service transmission requirements, or can reside in a cell that does not support NSSAI services (such as the second cell). This application is implemented The example does not limit this.
在一些实施例中,UE 300发送的RRC连接建立请求消息中还可以包括:UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息。其中,UE 300的业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示UE300要传输的业务数据是非NSSAI业务的业务数据。以便基站B根据UE 300要传输的业务数据决定是否迁移非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道和NSSAI业务对应的传输通道。In some embodiments, the RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE 300 may also include: indication information of the service transmission requirements of the UE 300. The indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE 300 is used to indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300 is service data of a non-NSSAI service. So that the base station B decides whether to migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service according to the service data to be transmitted by the UE 300.
S1202、基站B根据来自UE 300的RRC连接建立请求消息建立UE 300与基站B之间的RRC连接。S1202, the base station B establishes an RRC connection between the UE 300 and the base station B according to the RRC connection establishment request message from the UE 300.
具体的,基站B可以通过Xn接口向anchor基站(即基站A)发送希望得到UE 300上下文信息的请求。该请求中可以包含RRC建立的原因为非NSSAI业务的业务数据的传输)。在接收到来自anchor基站(即基站A)的上下文信息之后,基站B将UE 300的上下文信息切换至基站B。Specifically, base station B may send a request for obtaining UE 300 context information to the anchor base station (ie, base station A) through the Xn interface. The request may include the reason for RRC establishment is the transmission of service data of non-NSSAI services). After receiving the context information from the anchor base station (ie, base station A), base station B switches the context information of UE 300 to base station B.
S1203、基站B向AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求。S1203. The base station B sends a transmission channel relocation request to the AMF unit.
其中,传输通道迁移请求用于请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备(即基站A)切换至第二接入网设备(即基站B)。传输通道迁移请求中可以携带非NSSAI业务(如小数据业务)的tunnel ID。Wherein, the transmission channel migration request is used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be switched from the first access network device (ie base station A) to the second access network device (ie base station B). The transmission channel migration request can carry the tunnel ID of a non-NSSAI service (such as a small data service).
S1204、AMF单元向UPF单元发送传输通道迁移请求消息。S1204. The AMF unit sends a transmission channel migration request message to the UPF unit.
传输通道迁移请求消息用于请求将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。The transmission channel migration request message is used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be switched from base station A to base station B.
S1205、AMF单元从UPF单元接收传输通道迁移确认消息。S1205. The AMF unit receives a transmission channel migration confirmation message from the UPF unit.
S1206、AMF单元向基站B发送传输通道迁移确认消息。S1206. The AMF unit sends a transmission channel migration confirmation message to base station B.
通道迁移确认消息用于确认将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。The channel migration confirmation message is used to confirm that the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from base station A to base station B.
S1207、基站B将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。S1207: Base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from base station A to base station B.
具体的,如图13所示,实线表示的N3通道是非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道,虚线表示的N3通道的是NSSAI业务对应的传输通道。在该实施例中,基站B将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道(即实线表示的N3通道)从基站A切换至基站B。虚线表示的N3通道仍然保留在基站A与UPF之间。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, the N3 channel represented by the solid line is the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service, and the N3 channel represented by the dashed line is the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service. In this embodiment, base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service (that is, the N3 channel represented by the solid line) from base station A to base station B. The N3 channel indicated by the dashed line remains between base station A and UPF.
可以理解,此时,NSSAI业务对应的传输通道仍然保留在基站A与UPF之间。由于NSSAI业务对应的传输通道不能长时间的单独存在于基站与UPF之间,在一些实施例中,在基站B将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B时,AMF单元可以启动一个计时器。当计时器超过预设时长时,无论非NSSAI业务是否完成传输,基站A都要将基站A与UPF之间的NSSAI业务对应的传输通道删除,以保证网络的稳定性。或者,当计时器未超过预设时长,且非NSSAI业务已完成传输,基站B可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道迁移至基站B与UPF单元之间;或者,基站B可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道和非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至UE 300的anchor基站;或者,基站B可以将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道和非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道一起迁移至信号覆盖最好的小区所属的基站。本申请实施例对完成非NSSAI业务传输之后,NSSAI业务对应的传输通道和非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道的迁移情况不做具体限定。It can be understood that at this time, the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service is still reserved between the base station A and the UPF. Since the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service cannot exist separately between the base station and the UPF for a long time, in some embodiments, when the base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the base station A to the base station B, the AMF unit can be started A timer. When the timer exceeds the preset duration, no matter whether the transmission of the non-NSSAI service is completed or not, the base station A must delete the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service between the base station A and the UPF to ensure the stability of the network. Or, when the timer does not exceed the preset duration and the transmission of the non-NSSAI service has been completed, base station B can migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service to between base station B and the UPF unit; or, base station B can transmit the corresponding transmission of the NSSAI service The channel and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service are migrated to the anchor base station of UE 300; or, base station B can migrate the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the base station of the cell with the best signal coverage. . The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the migration of the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service and the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service after the non-NSSAI service transmission is completed.
S1208、UE 300通过基站B传输非NSSAI业务的业务数据。S1208, UE 300 transmits service data of non-NSSAI services through base station B.
进一步的,在一些实施例中,为了保证网络的稳定性,或者,对于一些NSSAI的“伪业务”,为了保证该类业务的顺利传输,需要保证NSSAI业务对应的通道与非NSSAI业务对应的通道均畅通,传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将保存在第一接入网设备(即基站A)与UPF单元之间的NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从第一接入网设备(即基站A)切换至第二接入网设备(即基站B)。在这种情况下,AMF单元在步骤S1204中向UPF单元发送的传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将保存在基站A与UPF单元之间的NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。AMF单元在步骤S1205从UPF单元接收的传输通道迁移确认消息用于确认将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。在这种情况下,如图14所示,在UE 300,基站A和基站B执行完上述步骤S601、S1201-S1207之后,基站B还可以执行以下步骤S1209,在基站B执行完步骤S1209之后,UE 300继续执行上述步骤S1208。Further, in some embodiments, in order to ensure the stability of the network, or for some NSSAI "pseudo services", in order to ensure the smooth transmission of such services, it is necessary to ensure that the channels corresponding to the NSSAI services and the channels corresponding to the non-NSSAI services The transmission channel migration request is also used to request that the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service stored between the first access network device (ie base station A) and the UPF unit be switched from the first access network device (ie base station A) To the second access network device (ie base station B). In this case, the transmission channel migration request sent by the AMF unit to the UPF unit in step S1204 is also used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service stored between the base station A and the UPF unit to be switched from the base station A to the base station B. The transmission channel migration confirmation message received by the AMF unit from the UPF unit in step S1205 is used to confirm the switching of the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from base station A to base station B. In this case, as shown in Figure 14, in UE 300, base station A and base station B have performed the above steps S601, S1201-S1207, base station B can also perform the following step S1209, and after base station B has performed step S1209, The UE 300 continues to perform the above step S1208.
S1209、基站B将NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从基站A切换至基站B。S1209: Base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from base station A to base station B.
具体的,如图15所示,实线表示的N3通道是非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道,虚线表示的N3通道的是NSSAI业务对应的传输通道。在该实施例中,基站B将非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道(即实线表示的N3通道)以及NSSAI业务对应的传输通道(即虚线表示的N3通道)均从基站A切换至基站B。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 15, the N3 channel represented by the solid line is the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service, and the N3 channel represented by the dashed line is the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service. In this embodiment, base station B switches the transmission channel corresponding to non-NSSAI services (ie, the N3 channel represented by a solid line) and the transmission channel corresponding to NSSAI services (ie, the N3 channel represented by a dashed line) from base station A to base station B.
在一些实施例中,在UE 300,基站A和基站B等各个网元执行完图6所示的上述步骤S601-S605,或者执行完图11所示的上述步骤S601和S1101-S1104,或者执行完图12所示的上述步骤S601和S1201-S1208,或者执行完图14所示的步骤S601、S1201-S1207、S1209和S1208,UE 300还可以向其驻留的基站发送测量报告,该测量报告用于其驻留的基站决定是否将UE 300切换至其他基站。In some embodiments, in the UE 300, each network element such as base station A and base station B has performed the above steps S601-S605 shown in FIG. 6, or performed the above steps S601 and S1101-S1104 shown in FIG. 11, or performed After completing the above steps S601 and S1201-S1208 shown in Figure 12, or after performing the steps S601, S1201-S1207, S1209, and S1208 shown in Figure 14, the UE 300 can also send a measurement report to the base station where it resides. The measurement report The base station used for its camping decides whether to switch the UE 300 to another base station.
基于上述考虑,在一些实施例中,UE 300向其驻留的基站发送的测量报告至少可 以包括一个或多个小区的信号强度和/或信号质量。用于UE 300驻留的基站决策是否将UE 300切换至其他基站。以及,若决定将UE 300切换至其他基站,将UE 300切换至哪一个小区。Based on the foregoing considerations, in some embodiments, the measurement report sent by the UE 300 to the base station where it resides may at least include the signal strength and/or signal quality of one or more cells. The base station where the UE 300 resides decides whether to switch the UE 300 to another base station. And, if it is decided to switch the UE 300 to another base station, which cell to switch the UE 300 to.
或者,UE 300还可以向其驻留的基站发送指示信息,用于指示将UE 300切换至UE 300的最后一个锚定小区(anchor cell)。本申请实施例对UE 300执行完NSSAI业务/非NSSAI业务传输之后的切换策略不做限定。Alternatively, the UE 300 may also send indication information to the base station where it resides, for instructing the UE 300 to be handed over to the last anchor cell of the UE 300. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the handover strategy after the UE 300 performs the NSSAI service/non-NSSAI service transmission.
请参考图16,图16以图13所示的非NSSAI业务数据传输场景为例,以UE 300向其驻留的基站发送测量报告为例,介绍了一种UE执行完非NSSAI业务传输之后的切换流程图。如图16所示,本申请实施例提供的用于网络切片的数据传输方法还可以包括以下步骤S1601-S1608:Please refer to Figure 16. Figure 16 takes the non-NSSAI service data transmission scenario shown in Figure 13 as an example. Take the UE 300 sending a measurement report to the base station where it resides as an example. Switch flow chart. As shown in FIG. 16, the data transmission method for network slicing provided by the embodiment of the present application may further include the following steps S1601-S1608:
S1601、UE 300向基站B发送测量报告。S1601, UE 300 sends a measurement report to base station B.
其中,测量报告中至少可以包括一个或多个小区的信号强度和/或信号质量。例如,测量报告中包括与UE 300的距离在预设范围内的所有小区的信号强度和/或信号质量。Wherein, the measurement report may at least include the signal strength and/or signal quality of one or more cells. For example, the measurement report includes the signal strength and/or signal quality of all cells whose distance from the UE 300 is within a preset range.
S1602、基站B根据测量报告确定将UE 300切换至基站C。S1602, the base station B determines to hand over the UE 300 to the base station C according to the measurement report.
S1603、基站B向基站C发送切换请求消息。S1603: The base station B sends a handover request message to the base station C.
其中,切换请求消息用于请求将UE 300从基站B切换至基站C。Among them, the handover request message is used to request the UE 300 to be handed over from base station B to base station C.
S1604、基站C向AMF单元发送切换请求消息。S1604. The base station C sends a handover request message to the AMF unit.
其中,切换请求消息用于请求将UE 300从基站B切换至基站C,以及请求为UE300分配两个tunnel ID(包括用于标识用于传输非NSSAI业务的传输通道的ID和用于标识用于传输NSSAI业务的传输通道的ID)。Among them, the handover request message is used to request the UE 300 to be handed over from base station B to base station C, and to request the allocation of two tunnel IDs for UE 300 (including the ID used to identify the transmission channel used to transmit non-NSSAI services and the ID used to identify The ID of the transmission channel that transmits the NSSAI service).
S1605、AMF单元向UPF单元发送切换请求消息。S1605. The AMF unit sends a handover request message to the UPF unit.
S1606、AMF单元从UPF单元接收切换确认消息。S1606. The AMF unit receives the handover confirmation message from the UPF unit.
其中,切换确认消息用于确定将UE 300从基站B切换至基站C,以及向AMF单元回复UPF单元为UE 300分配两个tunnel ID。Among them, the handover confirmation message is used to determine the handover of the UE 300 from base station B to base station C, and to reply to the AMF unit with the UPF unit to allocate two tunnel IDs for the UE 300.
S1607、AMF单元向基站C发送切换确认消息。S1607. The AMF unit sends a handover confirmation message to the base station C.
S1608、基站C根据UPF单元为UE 300分配两个tunnel ID将用于传输NSSAI业务的传输通道和用于传输非NSSAI业务的传输通道从基站B与UPF单元之间迁移至基站C与UPF单元之间。S1608. The base station C allocates two tunnel IDs to the UE 300 according to the UPF unit, and migrates the transmission channel used to transmit NSSAI services and the transmission channel used to transmit non-NSSAI services from the base station B and the UPF unit to the base station C and the UPF unit. between.
应理解,本申请实施例的各个方案可以进行合理的组合使用,并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释,对此不作限定。It should be understood that the various solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be used in a reasonable combination, and the explanations or descriptions of various terms appearing in the embodiments can be referred to or explained in the various embodiments, which is not limited.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be implemented in this application. The implementation process of the example constitutes any limitation.
可以理解的是,UE,接入网设备(如第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备)为了实现上述任一个实施例的功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions of any one of the foregoing embodiments, the UE or the access network device (such as the first access network device or the second access network device) includes hardware structures and/or corresponding hardware structures that perform each function. Software module. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以对UE和网络设备(如接入网设备、AMF单元或UPF单元)等设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application can divide the functional modules of the UE and network equipment (such as access network equipment, AMF unit or UPF unit) and other equipment. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or two The above functions are integrated in a processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,如图17所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的结构框图。该UE 300可以包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720。For example, in the case of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner, as shown in FIG. 17, a structural block diagram of a UE provided in an embodiment of this application. The UE 300 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720.
其中,收发单元1710用于支持UE 300在进入去激活状态之前,接收来自第一接入网设备(如基站A)的RNA指示信息,支持UE 300执行上述步骤S602(如S602-a或S602-b),S603(如S603-a或S603-b),S605(如S605-a或S605-b),S1101,S1201,S1208,S1601,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1720用于支持UE 300执行上述步骤S1102,S1202,用于支持UE 300根据RNA指示信息确定用于传输UE 300的NSSAI业务的业务数据的小区,或者确定用于传输UE 300的非NSSAI业务的业务数据的小区,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。Among them, the transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the UE 300 to receive RNA indication information from the first access network device (such as base station A) before entering the deactivated state, and to support the UE 300 to perform the above step S602 (such as S602-a or S602-a). b), S603 (such as S603-a or S603-b), S605 (such as S605-a or S605-b), S1101, S1201, S1208, S1601, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processing unit 1720 is used to support the UE 300 to perform the above steps S1102 and S1202, and is used to support the UE 300 to determine the cell used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 according to the RNA indication information, or determine the cell used to transmit the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 The cell of the business data, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
如图18所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构框图。该网络设备可以是上述第一接入网设备(如基站A)、第二接入网设备(如基站B)、第三接入网设备(如基站C)、AMF单元或UPF单元。该网络设备可以包括收发单元1810和处理单元1820。As shown in FIG. 18, it is a structural block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application. The network device may be the aforementioned first access network device (such as base station A), the second access network device (such as base station B), the third access network device (such as base station C), an AMF unit, or a UPF unit. The network device may include a transceiver unit 1810 and a processing unit 1820.
其中,在网络设备是第一接入网设备(如基站A)时,收发单元1810用于支持第一接入网设备(如基站A)执行上述步骤S601,S602-a,S605-a,S1104,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1820用于支持第一接入网设备(如基站A)执行上述步骤S603-a,S604-a,S1103,S1203,S1206和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是第二接入网设备(如基站B)时,收发单元1810用于支持第二接入网设备(如基站B)执行上述步骤S601,S602-b,S605-b,S1603,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1820用于支持第二接入网设备(如基站B)执行上述步骤S603-b,S604-b,S1207,S1209,S1602,S1608,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是AMF单元时,收发单元1810用于支持AMF单元执行上述步骤S1203,S1204,S1205,S1206,S1604,S1605,S1606,S1607,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是UPF单元时,收发单元1810用于支持UPF单元执行上述步骤S1204,S1205,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是第三接入网设备(如基站C)时,收发单元1810用于支持第三接入网设备(如基站C)执行上述步骤S1603,S1604,S1607,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1820用于支持第三接入网设备(如基站C)执行上述步骤S1608,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。Wherein, when the network device is the first access network device (such as base station A), the transceiver unit 1810 is configured to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S601, S602-a, S605-a, S1104 , And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processing unit 1820 is configured to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S603-a, S604-a, S1103, S1203, S1206 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is a second access network device (such as base station B), the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S601, S602-b, S605-b, S1603, and / Or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processing unit 1820 is configured to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S603-b, S604-b, S1207, S1209, S1602, S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is an AMF unit, the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the AMF unit to perform the above steps S1203, S1204, S1205, S1206, S1604, S1605, S1606, S1607, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is a UPF unit, the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the UPF unit to perform the above steps S1204, S1205, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is a third access network device (such as base station C), the transceiver unit 1810 is used to support the third access network device (such as base station C) to perform the above-mentioned steps S1603, S1604, and S1607, and/or used in this document Describe the other processes of the technology. The processing unit 1820 is configured to support the third access network device (such as the base station C) to perform the above step S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
需要说明的是,上述收发单元1710和收发单元1810可以包括射频电路。具体的,UE或接入网设备(如第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备)可以通过射频电路进行无线信号的接收和发送。通常,射频电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频电路还可以通过无线通信和其他设备 通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。It should be noted that the above-mentioned transceiving unit 1710 and transceiving unit 1810 may include radio frequency circuits. Specifically, the UE or the access network device (such as the first access network device or the second access network device) may receive and send wireless signals through a radio frequency circuit. Generally, the radio frequency circuit includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
应理解,UE或网络设备中的各个模块可以通过软件和/或硬件形式实现,对此不作具体限定。换言之,UE或网络设备是以功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定应用集成电路ASIC、电路、执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器、集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。可选地,在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到UE或网络设备可以采用图19所示的形式。处理单元1720或处理单元1820可以通过图19所示的处理器1910实现。收发单元1710和收发单元1810可以通过图19所示的收发器1920来实现。具体的,处理器通过执行存储器中存储的计算机程序来实现。可选地,当UE或网络设备是芯片时,那么收发单元1710和收发单元1810的功能和/或实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。可选地,UE或网络设备还可以包括存储单元,比如寄存器、缓存等,存储单元还可以是计算机设备内的位于芯片外部的存储单元,如图19所的存储器1930。It should be understood that each module in the UE or the network device may be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, which is not specifically limited. In other words, the UE or network equipment is presented in the form of functional modules. The "module" herein may refer to application-specific integrated circuits ASIC, circuits, processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions. Optionally, in a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the UE or network device may adopt the form shown in FIG. 19. The processing unit 1720 or the processing unit 1820 may be implemented by the processor 1910 shown in FIG. 19. The transceiver unit 1710 and the transceiver unit 1810 may be implemented by the transceiver 1920 shown in FIG. 19. Specifically, the processor is implemented by executing a computer program stored in the memory. Optionally, when the UE or the network device is a chip, the functions and/or implementation process of the transceiver unit 1710 and the transceiver unit 1810 may also be implemented by pins or circuits. Optionally, the UE or the network device may also include a storage unit, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the computer device, such as the memory 1930 shown in FIG. 19.
图19示出了根据本申请实施例的UE或网络设备的结构示意图。如图13所示,所述UE或网络设备包括:处理器1910和收发器1920。Fig. 19 shows a schematic structural diagram of a UE or a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the UE or network device includes: a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920.
其中,收发器1920可以用于支持UE 300在进入去激活状态之前,接收来自第一接入网设备(如基站A)的RNA指示信息,支持UE 300执行上述步骤S602(如S602-a或S602-b),S603(如S603-a或S603-b),S605(如S605-a或S605-b),S1101,S1201,S1208,S1601,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理器1910可以用于支持UE执行上述步骤S1102,S1202,用于支持UE 300根据RNA指示信息确定用于传输UE 300的NSSAI业务的业务数据的小区,或者确定用于传输UE 300的非NSSAI业务的业务数据的小区,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。The transceiver 1920 can be used to support the UE 300 to receive RNA indication information from the first access network device (such as base station A) before entering the deactivated state, and to support the UE 300 to perform the above step S602 (such as S602-a or S602). -b), S603 (such as S603-a or S603-b), S605 (such as S605-a or S605-b), S1101, S1201, S1208, S1601, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processor 1910 may be used to support the UE to perform the above steps S1102 and S1202, to support the UE 300 to determine the cell used to transmit the service data of the NSSAI service of the UE 300 according to the RNA indication information, or to determine the cell used to transmit the non-NSSAI service of the UE 300 The cell of the business data, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
在网络设备是第一接入网设备(如基站A)时,收发器1920可以用于支持第一接入网设备(如基站A)执行上述步骤S601,S602-a,S605-a,S1104,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理器1910可以用于支持第一接入网设备(如基站A)执行上述步骤S603-a,S604-a,S1103,S1203,S1206和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是第二接入网设备(如基站B)时,收发器1920可以用于支持第二接入网设备(如基站B)执行上述步骤S601,S602-b,S605-b,S1603,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理器1910可以用于支持第二接入网设备(如基站B)执行上述步骤S603-b,S604-b,S1207,S1209,S1602,S1608,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是AMF单元时,收发器1920可以用于支持AMF单元执行上述步骤S1203,S1204,S1205,S1206,S1604,S1605,S1606,S1607,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是UPF单元时,收发器1920可以用于支持UPF单元执行上述步骤S1204,S1205,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在网络设备是第三接入网设备(如基站C)时,收发器1920可以用于支持第三接入网设备(如基站C)执行上述步骤S1603,S1604,S1607,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理器1910可以用于支持第三接入网设备(如基站C)执行上述步骤S1608,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。When the network device is the first access network device (such as base station A), the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S601, S602-a, S605-a, S1104, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processor 1910 may be used to support the first access network device (such as base station A) to perform the above steps S603-a, S604-a, S1103, S1203, S1206 and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is the second access network device (such as base station B), the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S601, S602-b, S605-b, S1603, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The processor 1910 may be used to support the second access network device (such as base station B) to perform the above steps S603-b, S604-b, S1207, S1209, S1602, S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein . When the network device is an AMF unit, the transceiver 1920 can be used to support the AMF unit to perform the above steps S1203, S1204, S1205, S1206, S1604, S1605, S1606, S1607, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is a UPF unit, the transceiver 1920 may be used to support the UPF unit to perform the above steps S1204, S1205, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein. When the network device is a third access network device (such as base station C), the transceiver 1920 can be used to support the third access network device (such as base station C) to perform the above steps S1603, S1604, S1607, and/or used in this document Other processes of the described technique. The processor 1910 may be used to support the third access network device (such as the base station C) to perform the above step S1608, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
可选地,UE或网络设备还包括存储器1930,存储器1930中可以存储上述方法实 施例中的程序代码,以便于处理器1910调用。Optionally, the UE or the network device further includes a memory 1930, and the memory 1930 may store the program codes in the foregoing method embodiments, so that the processor 1910 can call them.
具体地,若UE或网络设备包括处理器1910、收发器1920和存储器1930,则处理器1910、收发器1920和存储器1930之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。在一个可能的设计中,处理器1910、收发器1920和存储器1930可以通过芯片实现,处理器1910、收发器1920和存储器1930可以是在同一个芯片中实现,也可能分别在不同的芯片实现,或者其中任意两个功能组合在一个芯片中实现。该存储器1930可以存储程序代码,处理器1910调用存储器1930存储的程序代码,以实现UE或网络设备的相应功能。Specifically, if the UE or the network device includes the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930, the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and/or data signals. In a possible design, the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 can be implemented by chips. The processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 can be implemented on the same chip, or they may be implemented on different chips. Or any combination of two functions can be implemented in one chip. The memory 1930 may store program codes, and the processor 1910 calls the program codes stored in the memory 1930 to implement corresponding functions of the UE or network device.
在一种可选的方式中,当使用软件实现数据传输时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地实现本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In an optional manner, when software is used to implement data transmission, it may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are realized. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
结合本申请实施例所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于探测装置中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于探测装置中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage known in the art Medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in the detection device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the detection device.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated according to needs. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在一种可选的方式中,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括UE、接入网设备、AMF单元和UPF单元。该通信系统用于实现本申请提供的任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。In an optional manner, the present application provides a communication system, which includes a UE, an access network device, an AMF unit, and a UPF unit. The communication system is used to implement a data transmission method for network slicing in any possible implementation manner provided in this application.
在一种可选的方式中,本申请提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器、存储器,存储器中存储有指令;当指令被处理器执行时,实现本申请提供的任一种可能的实现方式中的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an optional manner, the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, any one of the possible The data transmission method used for network slicing in the implementation mode. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的用户设备和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed user equipment and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. . Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (41)

  1. 一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method for network slicing, characterized in that the method includes:
    用户设备UE接收来自第一接入网设备的无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息,所述RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的能力;The user equipment UE receives the radio access network notification area RNA indication information from the first access network device, where the RNA indication information is used to indicate the ability of one or more cells to support the network slice selection support information NSSAI service;
    若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据;If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell;
    其中,所述第一小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第一小区为支持所述NSSAI业务的小区。Wherein, the first cell is one of the one or more cells, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE接收来自第一接入网设备的RNA指示信息,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the UE receiving RNA indication information from a first access network device specifically includes:
    所述UE通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息从第一接入网设备接收所述RNA指示信息;所述RRC release消息包括RNA列表,所述RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,所述RNA指示信息包括所述RNA列表中的每一个小区支持所述NSSAI业务的能力。The UE receives the RNA indication information from the first access network device through a radio resource control release RRC release message; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list includes the one or more cells; wherein, The RNA indication information includes the ability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein if the UE has the NSSAI service transmission demand, the UE transmitting the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell comprises:
    若所述UE在去激活状态下有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE向所述第一小区所属的接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从所述去激活状态进入连接状态,通过所述第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the access network device to which the first cell belongs, and enters the connection from the deactivated state Status, transmitting the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一小区是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first cell is a cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;所述第二小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第二小区不支持所述NSSAI业务;The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the UE camps on a second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells One of, the second cell does not support the NSSAI service;
    若所述UE在去激活状态下有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE从所述去激活状态进入连接状态,通过所述第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据,具体包括:If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, which specifically includes:
    若所述UE在所述去激活状态下有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE根据所述RNA指示信息接入所述第一小区,从所述去激活状态进入连接状态,通过所述第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses the first cell according to the RNA indication information, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and passes through the first cell. A cell transmits the service data of the NSSAI service.
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;所述第二小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第二小区不支持所述NSSAI业务的小区;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the UE camps on a second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells, so The second cell does not support the cell of the NSSAI service; the method further includes:
    若所述UE在所述去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息,从所述去激活状态进入连接状态,通过所述第二小区传输所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据;If the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device, enters the connected state from the deactivated state, and passes all The second cell transmits service data of the non-NSSAI service;
    其中,所述第二接入网设备是所述第二小区所属的接入网设备。Wherein, the second access network device is an access network device to which the second cell belongs.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:所述UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,所述业务传输需求的指示信息 用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据还是所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE, and the indication information of the service transmission requirement is used for Indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与所述第二接入网设备建立RRC连接,并请求所述第二接入网设备将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message is used to request to establish an RRC connection with the second access network device, and request the second access network device to The transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求所述第二接入网设备将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The method according to claim 8, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request the second access network device to transfer the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device Switch to the second access network device.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输通道建立在所述第一接入网设备或者所述第二接入网设备与核心网的用户平面功能UPF单元之间。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the transmission channel is established between the first access network device or the second access network device and the user plane function UPF of the core network Between units.
  11. 一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method for network slicing, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一接入网设备在用户设备UE进入去激活状态之前,向所述UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息;Before the user equipment UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE;
    其中,所述RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的能力,所述一个或多个小区中的至少一个小区支持所述NSSAI业务。Wherein, the RNA indication information is used to indicate the capability of one or more cells to support the network slice selection support information NSSAI service, and at least one cell of the one or more cells supports the NSSAI service.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备在所述UE进入去激活状态之前,向所述UE发送所述RNA指示信息,具体包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the sending of the RNA indication information to the UE by the first access network device before the UE enters the deactivated state specifically comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备在所述UE进入去激活状态之前,通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息向所述UE发送所述RNA指示信息;所述RRC release消息包括RNA列表,所述RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,所述RNA指示信息包括所述RNA列表中的每一个小区支持所述NSSAI业务的能力。Before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the RNA indication information to the UE through a radio resource control release RRC release message; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list Including the one or more cells; wherein the RNA indication information includes the capability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述RNA指示信息由所述第一接入网设备参考从接入和移动管理功能AMF单元处获取的至少一个小区支持所述NSSAI业务类型的能力信息确定;或者,The RNA indication information is determined by the first access network device with reference to the capability information of at least one cell obtained from the access and mobility management function AMF unit to support the NSSAI service type; or,
    所述RNA指示信息由所述第一接入网设备参考从至少一个接入网设备处获取的至少一个小区支持所述UE的NSSAI业务的能力信息确定;所述至少一个接入网设备与所述第一接入网设备之间的距离在预设范围之内。The RNA indication information is determined by the first access network device with reference to the ability information of at least one cell to support the NSSAI service of the UE acquired from at least one access network device; the at least one access network device and all The distance between the first access network devices is within a preset range.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备接收所述UE在有所述NSSAI业务传输需求时发送的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与所述第一接入网设备恢复RRC连接;The first access network device receives the radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message sent by the UE when the NSSAI service transmission demand is required; the RRC connection establishment request message is used to request communication with the first access network The device resumes RRC connection;
    所述第一接入网设备恢复所述第一接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Restoring the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE by the first access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备传输所述UE的所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。The first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14, wherein:
    所述第一接入网设备是第一小区的接入网设备;The first access network device is the access network device of the first cell;
    其中,所述第一小区是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,所述第一小区支持所述NSSAI业务;或者,所述第一小区不是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,所述第一小区是所述一个或多个小区中支持所述NSSAI业务的小区。Wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports the NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the UE in the deactivated state. For a cell that is camped on in a state, the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service among the one or more cells.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立 请求消息中包括:所述UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,所述业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。The method according to any one of claims 11-15, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE, and the indication information of the service transmission requirement is used for Indicate that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一接入网设备传输所述UE的所述NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein after the first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE, the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至第三接入网设备或所述第一接入网设备;Switching, by the first access network device, the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to a third access network device or the first access network device;
    其中,所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备。Wherein, the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meet a preset condition.
  18. 一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method for network slicing, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二接入网设备接收来自用户设备UE在去激活状态下的无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述RRC连接建立请求消息用于请求与所述第二接入网设备建立RRC连接;所述RRC连接建立请求消息包括所述UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,所述业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的业务数据还是非NSSAI业务的业务数据;The second access network device receives a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message from the user equipment UE in the deactivated state; the RRC connection establishment request message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the second access network device; The RRC connection establishment request message includes indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE, and the indication information of the service transmission requirement is used to indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is network slice selection support information NSSAI service service data or non-service data. Business data of NSSAI business;
    所述第二接入网设备根据所述RRC连接建立请求消息建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Establishing, by the second access network device, an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message;
    所述第二接入网设备传输所述UE的业务数据。The second access network device transmits the service data of the UE.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二接入网设备是第一小区所属的接入网设备;The method according to claim 18, wherein the second access network device is an access network device to which the first cell belongs;
    其中,所述第一小区是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,所述第一小区支持所述NSSAI业务;或者,所述第一小区不是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区,所述第一小区是支持所述NSSAI业务的小区。Wherein, the first cell is the cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state, and the first cell supports the NSSAI service; or, the first cell is not the UE in the deactivated state. For the cell that is camped on in the state, the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务传输需求的指示信息指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是非NSSAI业务的业务数据;所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求所述第二接入网设备将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the indication information of the service transmission requirement indicates that the service data to be transmitted by the UE is service data of a non-NSSAI service; the RRC connection establishment request message is also used to request Switching, by the second access network device, the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device;
    在所述第二接入网设备根据所述RRC连接建立请求消息建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接之后,所述方法还包括:After the second access network device establishes the RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE according to the RRC connection establishment request message, the method further includes:
    所述第二接入网设备根据所述RRC连接建立请求消息向接入和移动管理功能AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求,用于请求将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The second access network device sends a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be transferred from the first connection. The network access device is switched to the second access network device.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求所述第二接入网设备将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;所述传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The method according to claim 20, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message is further used to request the second access network device to transfer the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device Switch to the second access network device; the transmission channel migration request is also used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二接入网设备传输完所述UE的所述业务数据之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein after the second access network device finishes transmitting the service data of the UE, the method further comprises:
    所述第二接入网设备将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道切换至第三接入网设备或者第一接入网设备;Switching the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access network device or the first access network device by the second access network device;
    其中,所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,所述第一接入网设备是所述UE进入所述去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。Wherein, the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is an access network device for which the UE enters the destination network. The last service access network device before activation.
  23. 一种用于网络切片的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method for network slicing, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一接入网设备在用户设备UE进入去激活状态之前,向所述UE发送无线接入网通知区RNA指示信息;所述RNA指示信息用于指示一个或多个小区支持网络切片选择支撑信息NSSAI业务的能力;Before the user equipment UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the radio access network notification area RNA indication information to the UE; the RNA indication information is used to indicate that one or more cells support network slice selection support information NSSAI business capabilities;
    若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据;If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell;
    其中,所述第一小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第一小区为支持所述NSSAI业务的小区。Wherein, the first cell is one of the one or more cells, and the first cell is a cell that supports the NSSAI service.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备在所述UE进入去激活状态之前,向所述UE发送所述RNA指示信息,具体包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein the sending, by the first access network device, the RNA indication information to the UE before the UE enters the deactivated state, specifically comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备在所述UE进入去激活状态之前,通过无线资源控制释放RRC release消息向所述UE发送所述RNA指示信息;所述RRC release消息包括RNA列表,所述RNA列表包括所述一个或多个小区;其中,所述RNA指示信息包括所述RNA列表中的每一个小区支持所述NSSAI业务的能力。Before the UE enters the deactivated state, the first access network device sends the RNA indication information to the UE through a radio resource control release RRC release message; the RRC release message includes an RNA list, and the RNA list Including the one or more cells; wherein the RNA indication information includes the capability of each cell in the RNA list to support the NSSAI service.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一小区是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区;若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the first cell is the cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state; if the UE has the NSSAI service transmission demand, the The UE transmitting the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell includes:
    若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE向第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述第一接入网设备是所述第一小区所属的接入网设备;If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the first access network device; the first access network device is the access to which the first cell belongs Network equipment
    所述第一接入网设备恢复所述第一接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Restoring the RRC connection between the first access network device and the UE by the first access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备传输所述UE的所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。The first access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  26. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一小区是所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留的小区;若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the first cell is the cell where the UE camps in the deactivated state; if the UE has the NSSAI service transmission demand, the The UE transmitting the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell includes:
    若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述第二接入网设备是所述第一小区所属的接入网设备;If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the access to which the first cell belongs Network equipment
    所述第二接入网设备建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Establishing, by the second access network device, an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE;
    所述第二接入网设备传输所述UE的所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。The second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  27. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;所述第二小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第二小区不支持所述NSSAI业务的小区;若所述UE有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据,包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the UE camps on a second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells, so The second cell is a cell that does not support the NSSAI service; if the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement, the UE transmitting the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell includes:
    若所述UE在所述去激活状态下有所述NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE根据所述RNA指示信息接入所述第一小区;If the UE has the NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE accesses the first cell according to the RNA indication information;
    所述UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述第二接入网设备是所述第一小区所属的接入网设备;Sending, by the UE, a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to a second access network device; the second access network device is the access network device to which the first cell belongs;
    所述第二接入网设备建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Establishing, by the second access network device, an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE;
    所述第二接入网设备传输所述UE的所述NSSAI业务的业务数据。The second access network device transmits service data of the NSSAI service of the UE.
  28. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE在所述去激活状态下驻留在第二小区;所述第二小区是所述一个或多个小区中的一个,所述第二小区不支持所述NSSAI业务;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the UE camps on a second cell in the deactivated state; the second cell is one of the one or more cells, so The second cell does not support the NSSAI service; the method further includes:
    若所述UE在所述去激活状态下有非NSSAI业务传输需求,所述UE向第二接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC连接建立请求消息;所述第二接入网设备是所述第二小区所属的接入网设备;If the UE has a non-NSSAI service transmission requirement in the deactivated state, the UE sends a radio resource control RRC connection establishment request message to the second access network device; the second access network device is the first 2. Access network equipment to which the cell belongs;
    所述第二接入网设备建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接;Establishing, by the second access network device, an RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE;
    所述第二接入网设备传输所述UE的所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据。The second access network device transmits service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE.
  29. 根据权利要求23-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息中包括:所述UE的业务传输需求的指示信息,所述业务传输需求的指示信息用于指示所述UE要传输的业务数据是所述NSSAI业务的业务数据还是所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据。The method according to any one of claims 23-28, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message includes: indication information of the service transmission requirement of the UE, and the indication information of the service transmission requirement is used for Indicate whether the service data to be transmitted by the UE is the service data of the NSSAI service or the service data of the non-NSSAI service.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求所述第二接入网设备将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message is further used to request the second access network device to transfer the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device. The network access device is switched to the second access network device;
    在所述第二接入网设备建立所述第二接入网设备与所述UE之间的RRC连接之后,所述方法还包括:After the second access network device establishes the RRC connection between the second access network device and the UE, the method further includes:
    所述第二接入网设备根据所述RRC连接建立请求消息向接入和移动管理功能AMF单元发送传输通道迁移请求,用于请求将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;The second access network device sends a transmission channel migration request to the access and mobility management function AMF unit according to the RRC connection establishment request message to request the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to be transferred from the first connection. The network access device is switched to the second access network device;
    所述AMF单元将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The AMF unit switches the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC连接建立请求消息还用于请求所述第二接入网设备将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;所述传输通道迁移请求还用于请求将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30, wherein the RRC connection establishment request message is further used to request the second access network device to transfer the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device Switch to the second access network device; the transmission channel migration request is also used to request the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; The method also includes:
    所述AMF单元将所述NSSAI业务对应的传输通道从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备。The AMF unit switches the transmission channel corresponding to the NSSAI service from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二接入网设备传输完所述UE的所述业务数据之后;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein after the second access network device finishes transmitting the service data of the UE; the method further comprises:
    所述第二接入网设备将所述非NSSAI业务对应的传输通道切换至第三接入网设备或者第一接入网设备;Switching the transmission channel corresponding to the non-NSSAI service to the third access network device or the first access network device by the second access network device;
    其中,所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,所述第一接入网设备是所述UE进入所述去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。Wherein, the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is an access network device for which the UE enters the destination network. The last service access network device before activation.
  33. 根据权利要求23-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein after the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备将所述UE切换至第三接入网设备;所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备。The first access network device switches the UE to a third access network device; the third access network device is an access where the signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions网设备。 Net equipment.
  34. 根据权利要求23、24、26或27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE通过第一小区传输所述NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23, 24, 26 or 27, wherein after the UE transmits the service data of the NSSAI service through the first cell, the method further comprises:
    所述第二接入网设备将所述UE切换至第三接入网设备或所述第一接入网设备;Switching the UE to a third access network device or the first access network device by the second access network device;
    其中,所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,所述第一接入网设备是所述UE是所述UE进入所述去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。Wherein, the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets a preset condition, and the first access network device is that the UE is the UE The last serving access network device before entering the deactivated state.
  35. 根据权利要求23、24或28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二接入网设备传输所述UE的所述非NSSAI业务的业务数据之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23, 24, or 28, wherein after the second access network device transmits the service data of the non-NSSAI service of the UE, the method further comprises :
    所述第二接入网设备将所述UE切换至第三接入网设备或所述第一接入网设备;Switching the UE to a third access network device or the first access network device by the second access network device;
    其中,所述第三接入网设备是所述UE接收到的信号强度和/或信号质量满足预设条件的接入网设备,所述第一接入网设备是所述UE进入所述去激活状态前的最后服务接入网设备。Wherein, the third access network device is an access network device whose signal strength and/or signal quality received by the UE meets preset conditions, and the first access network device is an access network device for which the UE enters the destination network. The last service access network device before activation.
  36. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,所述UE包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令;A user equipment UE, wherein the UE includes: a memory for storing computer program code, the computer program code including instructions;
    射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;Radio frequency circuit, used for sending and receiving wireless signals;
    处理器,用于执行所述指令,使得所述UE执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。The processor is configured to execute the instruction, so that the UE executes the data transmission method for network slicing according to any one of claims 1-10.
  37. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令;An access network device, characterized in that, the access network device includes: a memory for storing computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions;
    射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;Radio frequency circuit, used for sending and receiving wireless signals;
    处理器,用于执行所述指令,使得所述接入网设备执行如权利要求11-17或18-22中任一项所述的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。The processor is configured to execute the instruction, so that the access network device executes the data transmission method for network slicing according to any one of claims 11-17 or 18-22.
  38. 一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括权利要求36所述的用户设备UE和权利要求37所述的接入网设备。A communication system comprising the user equipment UE described in claim 36 and the access network equipment described in claim 37.
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机执行指令,所述计算机执行指令被处理电路执行时实现如权利要求1-10、11-17、18-22或23-35中任一项所述的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer-executable instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instruction is executed by a processing circuit, the implementation is as claimed in claims 1-10, 11-17, 18- The data transmission method for network slicing according to any one of 22 or 23-35.
  40. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括处理电路、存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理电路执行时,实现如权利要求1-10、11-17、18-22或23-35中任一项所述的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。A chip system, characterized in that the chip system includes a processing circuit and a storage medium, and instructions are stored in the storage medium; when the instructions are executed by the processing circuit, the implementation is as claimed in claims 1-10 and 11- 17. The data transmission method for network slicing according to any one of 18-22 or 23-35.
  41. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括程序指令,所述程序指令被执行时,以实现如权利要求1-10、11-17、18-22或23-35中任一项所述的用于网络切片的数据传输方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, the computer program product includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed, they can implement any one of claims 1-10, 11-17, 18-22, or 23-35. The data transmission method for network slicing described in the item.
PCT/CN2020/081881 2020-03-27 2020-03-27 Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice WO2021189496A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/081881 WO2021189496A1 (en) 2020-03-27 2020-03-27 Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/081881 WO2021189496A1 (en) 2020-03-27 2020-03-27 Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021189496A1 true WO2021189496A1 (en) 2021-09-30

Family

ID=77890855

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081881 WO2021189496A1 (en) 2020-03-27 2020-03-27 Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021189496A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114339796A (en) * 2021-12-21 2022-04-12 中国电信股份有限公司 Cell dormancy data processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108811020A (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and equipment
CN108924884A (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
CN109151871A (en) * 2018-02-14 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, communication equipment under centralized unit-distributed unit framework
CN110402600A (en) * 2017-01-05 2019-11-01 日本电气株式会社 Base station, wireless terminal and its method and non-transitory computer-readable medium
US20190380109A1 (en) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-12 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Radio access network paging procedure based on network slice
CN110679179A (en) * 2017-06-02 2020-01-10 鸿颖创新有限公司 Method, device and system for service-driven mobility management

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110402600A (en) * 2017-01-05 2019-11-01 日本电气株式会社 Base station, wireless terminal and its method and non-transitory computer-readable medium
CN108924884A (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
CN108811020A (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and equipment
CN110679179A (en) * 2017-06-02 2020-01-10 鸿颖创新有限公司 Method, device and system for service-driven mobility management
CN109151871A (en) * 2018-02-14 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Communication means, communication equipment under centralized unit-distributed unit framework
US20190380109A1 (en) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-12 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Radio access network paging procedure based on network slice

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114339796A (en) * 2021-12-21 2022-04-12 中国电信股份有限公司 Cell dormancy data processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN114339796B (en) * 2021-12-21 2024-03-19 中国电信股份有限公司 Cell dormancy data processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3731484B1 (en) Data transmission method and device
KR102563790B1 (en) Electronic device for performing network cnnection base on data transmission of application and method thereof
WO2021204003A1 (en) Business processing method, device and system for proximity service
JP7247344B2 (en) Data transmission assurance method and communication equipment
JP2023120188A (en) Method of managing connection to local area data network (ladn) in 5g network
WO2018232570A1 (en) Registration and session establishment methods, terminal, and amf entity
CN112566149B (en) Method for configuring service, communication device and communication system
EP4024956A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
CN113873478B (en) Communication method and device
WO2020220820A1 (en) Method for establishing communication bearer, device and system
WO2021197269A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system for proximity-based service
JP7389243B2 (en) QoS mapping
US11696227B2 (en) APN for connecting to a virtual home network
US20230189054A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2021254353A1 (en) Method, device, and system for releasing relay connection
US20240073848A1 (en) Network Slice in a Wireless Network
US20230020413A1 (en) Systems and methods for paging over wifi for mobile terminating calls
WO2021189496A1 (en) Method and device for use in data transmission of network slice
KR20230137998A (en) New method for provisioning external parameters for AF sessions
CN115915196A (en) Link state detection method, communication device and communication system
WO2021138784A1 (en) Network access method, apparatus and system
WO2020034972A1 (en) Session migration method and device
WO2023197737A1 (en) Message sending method, pin management method, communication apparatus, and communication system
CN114339942B (en) Route information updating method, communication device and storage medium
US20240031929A1 (en) Connection Establishment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20926694

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20926694

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1